TWI676644B - Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound, acid dianhydride, and carboxylic acid - Google Patents

Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound, acid dianhydride, and carboxylic acid Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI676644B
TWI676644B TW104130218A TW104130218A TWI676644B TW I676644 B TWI676644 B TW I676644B TW 104130218 A TW104130218 A TW 104130218A TW 104130218 A TW104130218 A TW 104130218A TW I676644 B TWI676644 B TW I676644B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
formula
following formula
liquid crystal
represented
Prior art date
Application number
TW104130218A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201619240A (en
Inventor
安池伸夫
Nobuo Yasuike
秋池利之
Toshiyuki Akiike
野辺洋平
Youhei Nobe
菅野尚基
Naoki Sugano
Original Assignee
日商Jsr股份有限公司
Jsr Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商Jsr股份有限公司, Jsr Corporation filed Critical 日商Jsr股份有限公司
Publication of TW201619240A publication Critical patent/TW201619240A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI676644B publication Critical patent/TWI676644B/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C57/00Unsaturated compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C57/30Unsaturated compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C07C57/42Unsaturated compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms containing six-membered aromatic rings having unsaturation outside the rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C3/00Glass compositions
    • C03C3/04Glass compositions containing silica
    • C03C3/076Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight
    • C03C3/089Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron
    • C03C3/091Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron containing aluminium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C03GLASS; MINERAL OR SLAG WOOL
    • C03CCHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF GLASSES, GLAZES OR VITREOUS ENAMELS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF GLASS; SURFACE TREATMENT OF FIBRES OR FILAMENTS MADE FROM GLASS, MINERALS OR SLAGS; JOINING GLASS TO GLASS OR OTHER MATERIALS
    • C03C3/00Glass compositions
    • C03C3/04Glass compositions containing silica
    • C03C3/076Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight
    • C03C3/089Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron
    • C03C3/091Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron containing aluminium
    • C03C3/093Glass compositions containing silica with 40% to 90% silica, by weight containing boron containing aluminium containing zinc or zirconium
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/40Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/44Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino groups bound to carbon atoms of at least one six-membered aromatic ring and carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the same carbon skeleton with carboxyl groups linked to the six-membered aromatic ring, or to the condensed ring system containing that ring, by unsaturated carbon chains
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C237/00Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups
    • C07C237/02Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C237/20Carboxylic acid amides, the carbon skeleton of the acid part being further substituted by amino groups having the carbon atoms of the carboxamide groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/87Benzo [c] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [c] furans
    • C07D307/89Benzo [c] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [c] furans with two oxygen atoms directly attached in positions 1 and 3
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G73/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule, not provided for in groups C08G12/00 - C08G71/00
    • C08G73/06Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G73/10Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Geochemistry & Mineralogy (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Macromolecular Compounds Obtained By Forming Nitrogen-Containing Linkages In General (AREA)

Abstract

本發明使液晶配向劑中含有具有下述式(1)所表示的部分結構的化合物(X)。 In the present invention, the liquid crystal alignment agent contains a compound (X) having a partial structure represented by the following formula (1).

Figure TWI676644B_A0001
Figure TWI676644B_A0001

(式(1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基;X1為氧原子或-NR4-(其中,R4為氫原子、羥基或一價有機基,R4亦可鍵結於其他基團而與氮原子一併形成環結構)。R3亦可鍵結於其他基團而形成環結構;n為0~4的整數;「*」表示結合鍵) (In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 3 is a substituent; wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a halogen atom , Cyano, or monovalent organic group; X 1 is an oxygen atom or -NR 4- (where R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 may also be bonded to other groups to form a nitrogen atom. And form a ring structure). R 3 can also be bonded to other groups to form a ring structure; n is an integer from 0 to 4; "*" represents a bonding bond)

Description

液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶配向膜的製造方法、液晶顯示元件、聚合物、二胺化合物、酸二酐及羧酸 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound, acid dianhydride, and carboxylic acid

本發明是有關於一種液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶配向膜的製造方法、液晶顯示元件、聚合物及化合物。 The invention relates to a liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal alignment film, a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film, a liquid crystal display element, a polymer and a compound.

液晶顯示元件被廣泛用於電視或行動設備、各種監視器等。另外,液晶顯示元件中,為了對液晶單元中的液晶分子進行配向控制而使用液晶配向膜。作為獲得具體有液晶配向限制力的有機膜的方法,先前已知:對有機膜進行摩擦的方法、斜向蒸鍍氧化矽的方法、形成具有長鏈烷基的單分子膜的方法、對感光性的有機膜進行光照射的方法(光配向法)等。 Liquid crystal display elements are widely used in televisions, mobile devices, and various monitors. In addition, in a liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal alignment film is used in order to control the alignment of liquid crystal molecules in a liquid crystal cell. As a method for obtaining an organic film having a liquid crystal alignment restriction force, a method of rubbing an organic film, a method of obliquely vaporizing silicon oxide, a method of forming a monomolecular film having a long-chain alkyl group, and a method of obtaining light A method (light alignment method) and the like of a flexible organic film for light irradiation.

光配向法不僅可抑制靜電或灰塵的產生,而且可對感光性的有機膜賦予均勻的液晶配向性,而且亦可精密地控制液晶配向方向,因此,近年來進行了各種研究(例如參照專利文獻1)。專利文獻1中揭示:使用包含主鏈具有肉桂醯基的聚醯亞胺前驅物、聚醯亞胺或者聚醯胺的液晶配向劑來形成液晶配向膜。 The photo-alignment method not only suppresses the generation of static electricity or dust, but also imparts uniform liquid crystal alignment to a photosensitive organic film, and it can also precisely control the liquid crystal alignment direction. Therefore, various studies have been conducted in recent years (for example, refer to patent documents 1). Patent Document 1 discloses that a liquid crystal alignment film is formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a polyfluorene imide precursor having a cinnamon fluorene group in the main chain, a polyfluorene imine, or a polyfluorene.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]國際公開第2013/161984號 [Patent Document 1] International Publication No. 2013/161984

近年來,大畫面且高精細的液晶電視成為主體,另外,智慧型手機或平板PC等這樣的小型顯示終端的普及推進,對液晶面板的高精細化要求進一步不斷提高。具體而言,為了改善液晶顯示元件的顯示品質,重要的是難以產生殘像(殘像特性)、以及對比度良好(對比度特性)等,要求進一步改善該些各種特性。 In recent years, large-screen and high-definition liquid crystal televisions have become the main body. In addition, the spread of small-sized display terminals such as smart phones and tablet PCs has further increased the demand for high-definition liquid crystal panels. Specifically, in order to improve the display quality of a liquid crystal display element, it is important that afterimages (afterimage characteristics) and good contrast (contrast characteristics) are not generated, and these various characteristics are required to be further improved.

本發明是鑒於所述課題而形成,目的之一在於提供一種可獲得殘像特性及對比度特性良好的液晶顯示元件的液晶配向劑。 The present invention has been made in view of the problems described above, and an object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal alignment agent capable of obtaining a liquid crystal display element having excellent afterimage characteristics and contrast characteristics.

本發明者等人為了達成如上所述的現有技術的課題而進行銳意研究,結果發現,藉由使液晶配向劑中含有具有特定結構的化合物,能夠解決所述課題,從而完成本發明。具體而言,提供以下的液晶配向劑、液晶配向膜、液晶配向膜的製造方法、液晶顯示元件、聚合物及化合物。 The present inventors conducted intensive studies in order to achieve the above-mentioned problems of the prior art, and as a result, found that the above-mentioned problems can be solved by including a compound having a specific structure in the liquid crystal alignment agent, thereby completing the present invention. Specifically, the following liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, and compound are provided.

[1]一種液晶配向劑,其含有具有下述式(1)所表示的部分結構的化合物(X),

Figure TWI676644B_D0001
[1] A liquid crystal alignment agent containing a compound (X) having a partial structure represented by the following formula (1),
Figure TWI676644B_D0001

(式(1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基;X1為氧原子或-NR4-(其中,R4為氫原子、羥基或一價有機基,R4亦可鍵結於其他基團而與氮原子一併形成環結構);R3亦可鍵結於其他基團而構成環的至少一部分;n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*」表示結合鍵)。 (In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 3 is a substituent; wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a halogen atom , Cyano, or monovalent organic group; X 1 is an oxygen atom or -NR 4- (where R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 may also be bonded to other groups to form a nitrogen atom. And forms a ring structure); R 3 may also be bonded to other groups to form at least a part of the ring; n is an integer from 0 to 4; when n is 2 or more, multiple R 3 may be the same or different ; "*" Indicates a bonding key).

[2]一種液晶配向膜的製造方法,其包括:將所述[1]的液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟;以及對所述塗膜進行光照射的步驟。 [2] A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film, comprising: a step of applying the liquid crystal alignment agent of [1] on a substrate to form a coating film; and a step of irradiating the coating film with light.

[3]一種液晶配向膜,其是使用所述[1]的液晶配向劑而形成。 [3] A liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the above [1].

[4]一種液晶顯示元件,其包括如所述[3]所述的液晶配向膜。 [4] A liquid crystal display element including the liquid crystal alignment film according to the above [3].

[5]一種聚合物,其是選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺、聚有機矽氧烷及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成的組群中的聚合物,且具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構。 [5] A polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyimide, polyamidate, polyamidoamine, polyorganosiloxane, and poly (meth) acrylate Polymer having a partial structure represented by the formula (1).

[6]一種二胺化合物,其是由下述式(2-1)或式(2-2)所表示,[化2]H2N-R5-A1-R6-A2-R7-NH2 (2-1) [6] A diamine compound represented by the following formula (2-1) or (2-2): [Chem 2] H 2 NR 5 -A 1 -R 6 -A 2 -R 7- NH 2 (2-1)

(式(2-1)中,A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為二價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為單鍵或二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R7為二價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R7為單鍵或二價有機基;R6為二價有機基;其中,下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R6) (In formula (2-1), A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), A 2 is a single bond, and the following formula ( A group represented by 1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2); when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 5 is divalent An organic group, when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; and A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) In the case of a group, R 7 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group or a single bond represented by the following formula (1-2), R 7 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; R 6 is a divalent organic group; wherein "* 1" in the following formulae (1-1) and (1-2) is bonded to R 6 )

[化3]R8-A1-R9-A2-R10 (2-2) [Chemical 3] R 8 -A 1 -R 9 -A 2 -R 10 (2-2)

(式(2-2)中,A1及A2與所述式(2-1)為相同含義;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為一價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為氫原子或一價有機基;其中,於R8為氫原子的情況下,A1具有二胺基苯基,於R8為一價有機基的情況下,R8具有二胺基苯基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R10為一價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R10為氫原子或一價有機基;R9為二價有機基;下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R9) (In formula (2-2), A 1 and A 2 have the same meaning as the formula (2-1); and when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 8 Is a monovalent organic group, and when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; and when R 8 is a hydrogen atom, A 1 has a diaminophenyl group, and when R 8 is a monovalent organic group, R 8 has a diamine phenyl group; and when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) R 10 is a monovalent organic group. When A 2 is a group or a single bond represented by the following formula (1-2), R 10 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 9 is a divalent organic group. Group; "* 1" in the following formulae (1-1) and (1-2) is bonded to R 9 )

Figure TWI676644B_D0002
Figure TWI676644B_D0002

(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,R1及R2分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基;X1為氧原子或-NR4-(其中,R4為氫原子、羥基或一價有機基,R4亦可鍵結於其他基團而與氮原子一併形成環結構);n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*1」表示結合鍵)。 (In formulas (1-1) and (1-2), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 3 is a substituent; wherein R 1 and R 2 At least one of R 2 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group; X 1 is an oxygen atom or -NR 4- (where R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 may also be bonded Together with the nitrogen atom in other groups to form a ring structure); n is an integer from 0 to 4; when n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different; "* 1" represents a bonding bond ).

[7]一種酸二酐,其是由下述式(5-1)或式(5-2)所表示,

Figure TWI676644B_D0003
[7] An acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (5-1) or (5-2),
Figure TWI676644B_D0003

(式(5-1)中,A3為所述式(1-1)所表示的基團或所述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A4為單鍵、所述式(1-1)所表示的基團或所述式(1-2)所表示的基團;R15及R17分別獨立地為芳香族環基、脂環式基或雜環基,R16為二價有機基,X3及X4分別獨立地 為單鍵或二價連結基;其中,所述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R16) (In formula (5-1), A 3 is a group represented by the formula (1-1) or a group represented by the formula (1-2), A 4 is a single bond, and the formula ( A group represented by 1-1) or a group represented by the formula (1-2); R 15 and R 17 are each independently an aromatic ring group, an alicyclic group or a heterocyclic group, and R 16 is Divalent organic groups, X 3 and X 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group; wherein "* 1" in the formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) is bonded to R 16 )

Figure TWI676644B_D0004
Figure TWI676644B_D0004

(式(5-2)中,R18為二價有機基,R19為芳香族環基、脂環式基或雜環基;R1、R2及X1與所述式(5-1)為相同含義)。 (In formula (5-2), R 18 is a divalent organic group, R 19 is an aromatic ring group, an alicyclic group, or a heterocyclic group; R 1 , R 2, and X 1 are the same as those in the formula (5-1 ) Have the same meaning).

[8]一種羧酸,其是由下述式(3)所表示,

Figure TWI676644B_D0005
[8] A carboxylic acid represented by the following formula (3),
Figure TWI676644B_D0005

(式(3)中,A1為所述式(1-1)所表示的基團或所述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、所述式(1-1)所表示的基團或所述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為所述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為一價有機基,於A1為所述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為氫原子或一價有機基;R12為二價有機基;於A2為所述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為二價有機基,於A2為所述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為單鍵或二價有機基;s及r分別獨立地為0或1;其中,式(3)中具有一個羧基; 所述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R12)。 (In formula (3), A 1 is a group represented by the formula (1-1) or a group represented by the formula (1-2), A 2 is a single bond, and the formula (1- A group represented by 1) or a group represented by the formula (1-2); when A 1 is a group represented by the formula (1-1), R 11 is a monovalent organic group In the case where A 1 is a group represented by the formula (1-2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 12 is a divalent organic group; and A 2 is the formula (1) In the case of a group represented by -1), R 13 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group represented by the formula (1-2), R 13 is a single bond or a divalent organic group S and r are each independently 0 or 1; wherein, there is one carboxyl group in formula (3); "* 1" in formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) is bonded to R 12 ).

藉由包含所述化合物(X)的液晶配向劑,可獲得難以產生殘像(特別是由交流電壓引起的殘像)、而且對比度良好的液晶顯示元件。 By using the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the compound (X), a liquid crystal display element having a low contrast (especially an afterimage caused by an AC voltage) and a high contrast can be obtained.

10‧‧‧FFS型液晶顯示元件 10‧‧‧FFS type liquid crystal display element

11a‧‧‧玻璃基板 11a‧‧‧ glass substrate

11b‧‧‧對向玻璃基板 11b‧‧‧ Opposite glass substrate

13‧‧‧頂電極 13‧‧‧top electrode

14‧‧‧絕緣層 14‧‧‧ Insulation

15‧‧‧底電極 15‧‧‧ bottom electrode

d1‧‧‧電極的線寬 d1‧‧‧ electrode line width

d2‧‧‧電極間的距離 d2‧‧‧Distance between electrodes

C1‧‧‧由虛線包圍的部分 C1‧‧‧ part enclosed by dotted line

A、B、C、D、E‧‧‧電極 A, B, C, D, E‧‧‧ electrodes

F‧‧‧畫素邊緣部分 F‧‧‧ Pixel edge

圖1是邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)型液晶顯示元件的概略構成圖。 FIG. 1 is a schematic configuration diagram of a Fringe Field Switching (FFS) type liquid crystal display element.

圖2(a)及圖2(b)是用於藉由光配向處理來製造液晶顯示元件的頂電極的平面示意圖。圖2(a)為頂電極的俯視圖,圖2(b)為頂電極的部分放大圖。 2 (a) and 2 (b) are schematic plan views of a top electrode for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element by a photo-alignment process. FIG. 2 (a) is a top view of the top electrode, and FIG. 2 (b) is a partially enlarged view of the top electrode.

圖3是表示四系統的驅動電極的圖。 FIG. 3 is a diagram showing drive electrodes of a four-system system.

以下,對本揭示的液晶配向劑中所含的各成分、以及視需要而任意調配的其他成分進行說明。 Hereinafter, each component contained in the liquid crystal aligning agent of this disclosure, and other components arbitrarily mix | blended as needed are demonstrated.

<化合物(X)> <Compound (X)>

本揭示的液晶配向劑含有具有下述式(1)所表示的部分結構的化合物(以下亦稱為「化合物(X)」)。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present disclosure contains a compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (X)").

[化8]

Figure TWI676644B_D0006
[Chemical 8]
Figure TWI676644B_D0006

(式(1)中,R1及R2分別獨立地為氫原子、鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基;X1為氧原子或-NR4-(其中,R4為氫原子、羥基或一價有機基,R4亦可鍵結於其他基團而與氮原子一併形成環結構);R3亦可鍵結於其他基團而構成環的至少一部分;n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*」表示結合鍵) (In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 3 is a substituent; wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a halogen atom , Cyano, or monovalent organic group; X 1 is an oxygen atom or -NR 4- (where R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 may also be bonded to other groups to form a nitrogen atom. And forms a ring structure); R 3 may also be bonded to other groups to form at least a part of the ring; n is an integer from 0 to 4; when n is 2 or more, multiple R 3 may be the same or different ; "*" Means a bond)

所述式(1)中,R1及R2的一價有機基例如可列舉:碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~20的烷氧基、碳數1~20的氟烷基、碳數3~20的環烷基、碳數6~20的芳基、碳數7~20的芳烷基、環氧基、烷基矽烷基、烷氧基矽烷基等。 Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 1 and R 2 in the formula (1) include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. , Cycloalkyl having 3 to 20 carbons, aryl having 6 to 20 carbons, aralkyl having 7 to 20 carbons, epoxy, alkylsilyl, alkoxysilyl, and the like.

此處,碳數1~20的烷基可為直鏈狀,亦可為分支狀,具體而言,例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等。另外,碳數1~20的烷氧基例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基等;碳數1~20的氟烷基例如可列舉:全氟甲基、全氟乙基、2,2,2-三氟乙基等;碳數3~20的環烷基例如可列舉:環戊基、環己基、甲基環己基等;碳數6~20的芳基例如可列舉:苯基、甲苯基等;碳數6~20的芳烷基例如可列舉:苄基等。 Here, the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may be linear or branched. Specific examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, and heptyl. , Octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentyloxy; examples of the fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include: all Fluoromethyl, perfluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, etc .; Cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 20 carbon atoms include, for example: cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methylcyclohexyl, etc .; carbon number 6 Examples of the aryl group of ~ 20 include phenyl and tolyl; examples of the aralkyl group of 6 to 20 carbon include benzyl and the like.

R1及R2的鹵素原子例如可列舉:氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等,較佳為氟原子。 Examples of the halogen atom of R 1 and R 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. A fluorine atom is preferred.

關於R1及R2,雖然該些的至少一者為鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基,但就藉由光照射而充分表現出液晶的配向限制力的觀點而言,較佳為至少R2為鹵素原子、氰基或一價有機基。具體而言,所述基團中,R1較佳為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為氫原子、氟原子或甲基,尤佳為氫原子。另外,R2較佳為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為氟原子或碳數1~3的烷基,尤佳為甲基。其中,特佳為R1為氫原子且R2為甲基的組合。 Regarding R 1 and R 2 , although at least one of these is a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group, it is preferably at least at least from the viewpoint that the alignment restriction force of the liquid crystal is sufficiently expressed by light irradiation. R 2 is a halogen atom, a cyano group, or a monovalent organic group. Specifically, in the group, R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a methyl group, and even more preferably a hydrogen atom. In addition, R 2 is preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group. Among them, a combination in which R 1 is a hydrogen atom and R 2 is a methyl group is particularly preferred.

-NR4-中的R4較佳為氫原子、羥基、碳數1~6的烷基、或者保護基。保護基例如可列舉:胺甲酸酯系保護基、醯胺系保護基、醯亞胺系保護基、磺醯胺系保護基等。較佳為胺甲酸酯系保護基,作為其具體例,例如可列舉:第三丁氧基羰基、苄氧基羰基、1,1-二甲基-2-鹵乙基氧基羰基、1,1-二甲基-2-氰基乙基氧基羰基、9-茀基甲基羰基、烯丙基氧基羰基、2-(三甲基矽烷基)乙氧基羰基等。就容易藉由熱而去保護的方面、或容易將脫離的化合物作為氣體而排出至膜外的方面而言,較佳為第三丁氧基羰基。 R 4 in -NR 4 -is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a protecting group. Examples of the protective group include a urethane-based protective group, a fluorenyl-based protective group, a fluorenimine-based protective group, and a sulfonamide-based protective group. A urethane-based protecting group is preferred, and specific examples thereof include a third butoxycarbonyl group, a benzyloxycarbonyl group, 1,1-dimethyl-2-haloethyloxycarbonyl group, 1 , 1-dimethyl-2-cyanoethyloxycarbonyl, 9-fluorenylmethylcarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2- (trimethylsilyl) ethoxycarbonyl and the like. The third butoxycarbonyl group is preferable in terms of being easily deprotected by heat, or being easily discharged as a gas to the outside of the membrane as a gas.

該些基團中,R4較佳為氫原子、甲基、羥基或第三丁氧基羰基,更佳為氫原子或者甲基。R4亦可與其他基團鍵結而與氮原子一併形成環結構。所述環結構例如可列舉:哌啶、哌嗪等。X1較佳為氧原子。 Among these groups, R 4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxyl group, or a third butoxycarbonyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 4 may be bonded to other groups to form a ring structure together with the nitrogen atom. Examples of the ring structure include piperidine and piperazine. X 1 is preferably an oxygen atom.

R3的取代基例如可列舉:碳數1~5的烷基、碳數1~5的烷 氧基、鹵素原子、羥基、羧基、胺基、氰基、烷基矽烷基、烷氧基矽烷基、酯基等。R3與其他基團鍵結而形成的環例如可列舉醯亞胺環等。n較佳為0~2,更佳為0或1。式(1)中的「*」可鍵結於氫原子,亦可鍵結於有機基,或者亦可鍵結於R3而形成環結構(例如醯亞胺環等)。 Examples of the substituent of R 3 include an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amine group, a cyano group, an alkylsilyl group, and an alkoxysilane. Group, ester group, etc. Examples of the ring formed by bonding R 3 to another group include a sulfonimine ring and the like. n is preferably 0 to 2, more preferably 0 or 1. The "*" in formula (1) may be bonded to a hydrogen atom, or to an organic group, or may be bonded to R 3 to form a ring structure (for example, an imine ring, etc.).

所述化合物(X)可為能夠成為液晶配向膜的主成分的聚合物成分,或者亦可為與聚合物成分分別調配的添加劑成分。該些化合物中,就藉由光配向法的各向異性的表現效果高的方面而言,較佳為作為聚合物成分的至少一部分而含有於液晶配向劑中,特佳為於聚合物的主鏈中具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構。 The compound (X) may be a polymer component capable of being a main component of the liquid crystal alignment film, or may be an additive component formulated separately from the polymer component. Among these compounds, in terms of the high effect of the anisotropy expression by the photo-alignment method, it is preferable that the compound is contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent as at least a part of the polymer component. The chain has a partial structure represented by the formula (1).

此處,本說明書中的所謂聚合物的「主鏈」,是指聚合物中包含最長的原子鏈的「幹」的部分。此外,容許該「幹」的部分包含環結構。因此,所謂「於聚合物的主鏈中具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構」,是指該部分結構構成主鏈的一部分。其中,並不排除所述式(1)所表示的部分結構亦存在於主鏈以外的部分、例如側鏈(自聚合物的「幹」分支的部分)上的情況。所謂「有機基」是指包含烴基的基團,亦可於結構中包含雜原子。 Here, the "main chain" of a polymer in this specification means the "dry" part which contains the longest atomic chain in a polymer. In addition, the "dry" part is allowed to include a ring structure. Therefore, "having a partial structure represented by the formula (1) in the main chain of the polymer" means that the partial structure constitutes a part of the main chain. However, it is not excluded that the partial structure represented by the formula (1) also exists in a portion other than the main chain, for example, a side chain (a portion branched from the “dry” of the polymer). The "organic group" refers to a group containing a hydrocarbon group, and may include a hetero atom in the structure.

化合物(X)為聚合物的情況下的主骨架並無特別限定,例如可列舉:聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚有機矽氧烷、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等主骨架。 The main skeleton in the case where the compound (X) is a polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include polyamic acid, polyimide, polyamidate, polyorganosiloxane, polyester, and polyamine , Cellulose derivatives, polyacetals, polystyrene derivatives, poly (styrene-phenylcis butylene diimide) derivatives, and poly (meth) acrylates.

該些聚合物中,就耐熱性或機械強度、與液晶的親和性等觀 點而言,較佳為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯胺、聚有機矽氧烷及聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物(以下亦稱為「聚合物(A)」),更佳為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯及聚有機矽氧烷所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物,尤佳為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺酸酯所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物。此外,液晶配向劑的製備中使用的聚合物可僅為一種,亦可為兩種以上。(甲基)丙烯酸酯是指包含丙烯酸酯以及甲基丙烯酸酯。 Among these polymers, in terms of heat resistance, mechanical strength, and affinity with liquid crystal, etc. From the point of view, it is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyimide, polyamidate, polyamidoamine, polyorganosiloxane, and poly (meth) acrylate. A polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "polymer (A)"), more preferably selected from the group consisting of polyamidic acid, polyamidoimide, polyamidate, and polyorganosiloxane The at least one polymer is particularly preferably at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamidic acid, polyimide, and polyamidate. In addition, the polymer used in the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent may be only one kind, or two or more kinds. (Meth) acrylate means including an acrylate and a methacrylate.

[聚醯胺酸] [Polyamic acid]

作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸為具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的聚醯胺酸,例如可藉由使四羧酸二酐與二胺進行反應而獲得。具體而言,可列舉:[1]將包含具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的四羧酸二酐(以下亦稱為「特定酸二酐」)的單體進行聚合的方法;[2]將包含具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的二胺(以下亦稱為「特定二胺」)的單體進行聚合的方法;[3]將包含所述特定酸二酐及所述特定二胺的單體進行聚合的方法等。該些方法中,就單體的合成比較容易的方面而言,較佳為使用特定二胺,具體而言較佳為所述[2]的方法。 The polyamidic acid as the compound (X) is a polyamidic acid having a partial structure represented by the formula (1), and can be obtained, for example, by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diamine. Specifically, [1] a method of polymerizing a monomer including a tetracarboxylic dianhydride (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific acid dianhydride") having a partial structure represented by the formula (1); [2] A method of polymerizing a monomer including a diamine (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific diamine") having a partial structure represented by the formula (1); [3] including the specific acid dianhydride And a method for polymerizing the monomer of the specific diamine. Among these methods, a specific diamine is preferably used, and the method of the above-mentioned [2] is more preferable because it is relatively easy to synthesize a monomer.

(四羧酸二酐) (Tetracarboxylic dianhydride)

聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的特定酸二酐只要具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構,則其餘的結構並無特別限定,較佳的具體例可列舉下述式(5-1)所表示的化合物、下述式(5-2)所表示的化合 物等。 As long as the specific acid dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid has a partial structure represented by the formula (1), the remaining structure is not particularly limited. Preferred specific examples include the following formula (5-1 ), A compound represented by the following formula (5-2) Things.

Figure TWI676644B_D0007
Figure TWI676644B_D0007

(式(5-1)中,A3為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A4為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;R15及R17分別獨立地為芳香族環基、脂環式基或雜環基,R16為二價有機基,X3及X4分別獨立地為單鍵或二價連結基;其中,下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R16) (In formula (5-1), A 3 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), A 4 is a single bond, and the following formula ( A group represented by 1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2); R 15 and R 17 are each independently an aromatic ring group, an alicyclic group or a heterocyclic group, and R 16 is Divalent organic groups, X 3 and X 4 are each independently a single bond or a divalent linking group; wherein "* 1" in the following formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) is bonded to R 16 )

Figure TWI676644B_D0008
Figure TWI676644B_D0008

(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,R1、R2、R3、X1及n與所述式(1)為相同含義;「*1」表示結合鍵) (In the formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X 1 and n have the same meaning as the formula (1); “* 1” represents a bonding bond)

[化11]

Figure TWI676644B_D0009
[Chemical 11]
Figure TWI676644B_D0009

(式(5-2)中,R18為二價有機基,R19為芳香族環基、脂環式基或雜環基;R1、R2及X1與所述式(1)為相同含義) (In formula (5-2), R 18 is a divalent organic group, R 19 is an aromatic ring group, an alicyclic group, or a heterocyclic group; R 1 , R 2, and X 1 and the formula (1) are (Same meaning)

所述式(5-1)中,R15及R17為自芳香族環、脂肪族環或雜環的環部分中去除三個氫原子而成的基團。較佳為芳香族環基或脂環式基,更佳為自苯環、萘環、環戊烷環或環己烷環的環部分中去除三個氫原子而成的基團,尤佳為自苯環或環己烷環的環部分中去除三個氫原子而成的基團。 In the formula (5-1), R 15 and R 17 are groups obtained by removing three hydrogen atoms from a ring portion of an aromatic ring, an aliphatic ring, or a heterocyclic ring. An aromatic ring group or an alicyclic group is preferable, and a group obtained by removing three hydrogen atoms from a ring portion of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a cyclopentane ring, or a cyclohexane ring is more preferable. A group obtained by removing three hydrogen atoms from a ring portion of a benzene ring or a cyclohexane ring.

關於R16的二價有機基,可應用下述式(2-1)的R5~R7的例示的說明。就使液晶顯示元件的殘像特性及對比度特性更良好的觀點而言,較佳為經取代或未經取代的芳香族環基或脂環式基,更佳為經取代或未經取代的芳香族環基。 Regarding the divalent organic group of R 16 , examples of R 5 to R 7 of the following formula (2-1) can be applied. From the viewpoint of making the afterimage characteristics and contrast characteristics of the liquid crystal display element better, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring group or an alicyclic group is preferred, and a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic group is more preferred. Family ring base.

X3及X4的二價連結基可列舉:-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-CONR4-(R4與所述式(1)為相同含義)、下述式(2-1)的R5~R7中例示的二價有機基等。 Examples of the divalent linking group of X 3 and X 4 include: -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -CONR 4- (R 4 has the same meaning as the formula (1)), and the following formula (2- 1) Divalent organic groups and the like exemplified for R 5 to R 7 .

關於所述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的R1、R2、R3及X1,可應用所述式(1)的說明。 Regarding R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and X 1 in the formulas (1-1) and (1-2), the description of the formula (1) can be applied.

就合成容易度的觀點而言,所述式(5-1)所表示的化合物較佳為A3為所述式(1-2)所表示的化合物,進而更佳為A4為單鍵。 From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, the compound represented by the formula (5-1) is preferably A 3 is a compound represented by the formula (1-2), and more preferably A 4 is a single bond.

所述式(5-2)中,關於R18的二價有機基,可應用下述式(2-1) 的R5~R7的例示的說明。關於R19,可應用所述式(5-1)的R15及R17的例示以及較佳具體例的說明。所述式(5-2)所表示的化合物中,亦可藉由R18的至少一部分與R19鍵結而成的結構,進一步形成所述式(1)所表示的部分結構。 Regarding the divalent organic group of R 18 in the formula (5-2), an exemplary description of R 5 to R 7 of the following formula (2-1) can be applied. Regarding R 19 , the illustrations of R 15 and R 17 in the formula (5-1) can be applied, and descriptions of preferred specific examples can be applied. In the compound represented by the formula (5-2), at least a part of R 18 may be bonded to R 19 to further form a partial structure represented by the formula (1).

作為特定酸二酐的較佳具體例,例如可列舉下述式(t-1)~式(t-31)分別所表示的化合物等。此外,特定酸二酐可單獨使用一種,亦可將兩種以上組合使用。 As a preferable specific example of a specific acid dianhydride, the compound represented by the following formula (t-1)-formula (t-31), etc. are mentioned, for example. Moreover, a specific acid dianhydride may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.

Figure TWI676644B_D0010
Figure TWI676644B_D0010

[化13]

Figure TWI676644B_D0011
[Chemical 13]
Figure TWI676644B_D0011

(式(t-1)~式(t-4)及式(t-11)~式(t-15)中,R為碳數1~5的烷基,k及j分別獨立地為0~2的整數) (In formulas (t-1) to (t-4) and (t-11) to (t-15), R is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and k and j are each independently 0 to (Integer of 2)

[化14]

Figure TWI676644B_D0012
[Chemical 14]
Figure TWI676644B_D0012

此外,所述式(t-1)~式(t-4)及式(t-11)~式(t-15)中,鍵結於1,4-伸苯基的環部分上的R的位置並無特別限定。具體而言,於1取代的情況下,可設為2-位、3-位、5-位或6-位,於2取代的情況下,較佳為2,4-位或3,5-位。R較佳為甲基。 In addition, in the formulae (t-1) to (t-4) and (t-11) to (t-15), the R bonded to the ring portion of 1,4-phenylene is The position is not particularly limited. Specifically, in the case of 1 substitution, it may be 2-, 3-, 5-, or 6-position. In the case of 2 substitution, 2,4- or 3,5- is preferred. Bit. R is preferably methyl.

特定酸二酐可藉由將有機化學的常法適當組合而合成。例如可藉由如下方式而獲得:使具有「-C(R1)=C(R2)-CO-X1-」的化合物、與鄰苯二甲酸衍生物進行反應,合成具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的四羧酸,繼而,對所獲得的四羧酸進行酸酐化。其中,特定酸二酐的合成方法並不限定於所述。 The specific acid dianhydride can be synthesized by appropriately combining ordinary methods in organic chemistry. For example, it can be obtained by reacting a compound having "-C (R 1 ) = C (R 2 ) -CO-X 1- ""with a phthalic acid derivative to synthesize a compound having the formula ( The tetracarboxylic acid having a partial structure represented by 1) is then acid-anhydrided. However, the synthesis method of a specific acid dianhydride is not limited to the said.

與所述方法[1]及方法[3]的情況下,作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐可僅為特定酸二酐,亦可併用不具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的四羧酸二酐(以下亦稱為「其他酸二酐」)。所述方法[2]中,合成作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸時,使用其他酸二酐作為四羧酸二酐。 In the case of the method [1] and the method [3], the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid as the compound (X) may be only a specific acid dianhydride, or it may be used in combination without having any The tetracarboxylic dianhydride (hereinafter also referred to as "other acid dianhydride") having a partial structure represented by the formula (1). In the method [2], when synthesizing the polyamic acid as the compound (X), another acid dianhydride is used as the tetracarboxylic dianhydride.

其他酸二酐例如可列舉:脂肪族四羧酸二酐、脂環式四羧酸二酐、芳香族四羧酸二酐等。作為該些四羧酸二酐的具體例,脂肪族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:丁烷四羧酸二酐、下述式(AN-2)或式(AN-3) Examples of other acid dianhydrides include aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride. As specific examples of these tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, examples of the aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include butane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the following formula (AN-2) or formula (AN-3)

Figure TWI676644B_D0013
Figure TWI676644B_D0013

(式(AN-2)中,X13及X14分別獨立地為自亞甲基中去除一個氫原子而成的基團或氮原子,R41為碳數1~10的烷二基;式 (AN-3)中,X15及X16分別獨立地為自亞甲基中去除一個氫原子而成的基團或氮原子,B1及B2分別獨立地為伸苯基或亞吡啶基,R42為碳數1~10的烷二基,m為1~3的整數;其中,於m為2或3的情況下,多個R42可相互相同,亦可不同) (In the formula (AN-2), X 13 and X 14 are each independently a group or a nitrogen atom obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a methylene group, and R 41 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; In (AN-3), X 15 and X 16 are each independently a group or nitrogen atom obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a methylene group, and B 1 and B 2 are each independently a phenylene group or a pyridylene group. , R 42 is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and m is an integer of 1 to 3; wherein, when m is 2 or 3, a plurality of R 42 may be the same as or different from each other)

所表示的化合物等;脂環式四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-3a,4,5,9b-四氫萘并[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-8-甲基-3a,4,5,9b-四氫萘并[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、3-氧雜雙環[3.2.1]辛烷-2,4-二酮-6-螺環-3'-(四氫呋喃-2',5'-二酮)、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫-3-呋喃基)-3-甲基-3-環己烯-1,2-二羧酸酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-羧基甲基降冰片烷-2:3,5:6-二酐、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸-2:4,6:8-二酐、雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸2:3,5:6-二酐、4,9-二氧雜三環[5.3.1.02,6]十一烷-3,5,8,10-四酮、1,2,4,5-環己烷四羧酸二酐、雙環[2.2.2]辛-7-烯-2,3,5,6-四羧酸二酐、乙二胺四乙酸二酐、環戊烷四羧酸二酐、乙二醇雙(脫水偏苯三甲酸酯)、1,3-丙二醇雙(脫水偏苯三甲酸酯)、下述式(AN-4) Represented compounds and the like; Examples of the alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4 -Cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentylacetic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -3a, 4,5,9b- Tetrahydronaphtho [1,2-c] furan-1,3-dione, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -8-methyl-3a, 4,5,9b- Tetrahydronaphtho [1,2-c] furan-1,3-dione, 3-oxabicyclo [3.2.1] octane-2,4-dione-6-spiro-3 '-(tetrahydrofuran -2 ', 5'-dione), 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydro-3-furanyl) -3-methyl-3-cyclohexene-1,2-dicarboxylic anhydride, 3 , 5,6-tricarboxy-2-carboxymethylnorbornane-2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid-2 : 4,6: 8-dianhydride, bicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid 2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, 4,9-dioxatricyclo [5.3.1.0 2,6 ] Undecane-3,5,8,10-tetraketone, 1,2,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, bicyclo [2.2.2] oct-7- Ene-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylenediaminetetraacetic dianhydride, cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, ethylene glycol bis (anhydrotrimellitate), 1,3- Propylene glycol bis (anhydrotrimellitic acid ester), the following Formula (AN-4)

[化16]

Figure TWI676644B_D0014
[Chemical 16]
Figure TWI676644B_D0014

所表示的化合物等;芳香族四羧酸二酐例如可列舉:均苯四甲酸二酐、4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐、下述式(AN-1) Represented compounds and the like; Examples of the aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride include pyromellitic dianhydride, 4,4 '-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride, and the following formula (AN- 1)

Figure TWI676644B_D0015
Figure TWI676644B_D0015

(式(AN-1)中,X11及X12分別獨立地為單鍵、氧原子、硫原子、-CO-、*-COO-、*-OCO-、*-CO-NR21-、*-NR21-CO-(其中,R21為氫原子或者碳數1~6的一價烴基;「*」表示與R20的結合鍵);R20為單鍵、碳數1~20的二價烴基、於該烴基的碳-碳鍵間包含-O-的二價基、或者具有含氮雜環的二價基) (In the formula (AN-1), X 11 and X 12 are each independently a single bond, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, -CO-, * -COO-, * -OCO-, * -CO-NR 21- , * -NR 21 -CO- (wherein R 21 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; "*" represents a bonding bond with R 20 ); R 20 is a single bond and two carbon atoms having 1 to 20 carbon atoms Valent hydrocarbon group, a divalent group containing -O- between carbon-carbon bonds of the hydrocarbon group, or a divalent group having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring)

所表示的化合物、下述式(AN-5-1)~式(AN-5-4) The compound represented by the following formula (AN-5-1) to (AN-5-4)

[化18]

Figure TWI676644B_D0016
[Chemical 18]
Figure TWI676644B_D0016

分別所表示的化合物等;除此以外,還可使用日本專利特開2010-97188號公報中記載的四羧酸二酐。 Respective compounds and the like; in addition to this, tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2010-97188 can be used.

所述式(AN-2)中,R41及R42的碳數1~10的烷二基例如可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、丁二基、戊二基、己二基、庚二基、辛二基、壬二基、癸二基等,該些基團可為直鏈狀,亦可為分支狀。B1及B2較佳為1,4-伸苯基或2,5-亞吡啶基。 Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in R 41 and R 42 in the formula (AN-2) include methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, butylenediyl, glutaryl, and hexane. Diyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decanedi, etc. These groups may be linear or branched. B 1 and B 2 are preferably 1,4-phenylene or 2,5-pyridylene.

作為所述式(AN-2)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(a-2)所表示的化合物等,作為所述式(AN-3)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(AN-3-1)~式(AN-3-28)分別所表示的化合物等。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AN-2) include, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (a-2), and specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AN-3) Examples include compounds represented by the following formulae (AN-3-1) to (AN-3-28).

Figure TWI676644B_D0017
Figure TWI676644B_D0017

[化20]

Figure TWI676644B_D0018
[Chemical 20]
Figure TWI676644B_D0018

Figure TWI676644B_D0019
Figure TWI676644B_D0019

Figure TWI676644B_D0020
Figure TWI676644B_D0020

作為所述式(AN-1)中的R20的碳數1~20的二價烴基的具體例,例如可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、丁二基、戊二基、己二基、庚二基、辛二基、壬二基、癸二基等烷二基;伸環己基等二價脂環式烴基;伸苯基、伸聯苯基等二價芳香族烴基等。可導入至烴基的碳-碳鍵間的氧原子的數量可為一個,亦可為2個以上。於R20為具有含氮雜環的二價基的情況下,該含氮雜環例如可列舉:吡咯環、咪唑環、吡啶環、吡嗪環、噠嗪環、哌啶環、哌嗪環、吡咯啶環等。 Specific examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms of R 20 in the formula (AN-1) include, for example, methylene, ethylidene, propylidene, butadiyl, and glutaryl. , Hexadiyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decanediyl and other alkanediyl groups; divalent cycloaliphatic hydrocarbon groups such as cyclohexyl; divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as phenylene and diphenylene Wait. The number of oxygen atoms that can be introduced into the carbon-carbon bond of the hydrocarbon group may be one, or may be two or more. When R 20 is a divalent group having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring, examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a piperidine ring, and a piperazine ring , Pyrrolidine ring and so on.

作為所述式(AN-1)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可列舉:下述式(AN-1-1)~式(AN-1-27)分別所表示的化合物、下述式(a-1)所表示的化合物、以及下述式(a-3)所表示的化合 物等。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (AN-1) include, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (AN-1-1) to (AN-1-27), and the following formula (AN a-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (a-3) Things.

Figure TWI676644B_D0021
Figure TWI676644B_D0021

[化24]

Figure TWI676644B_D0022
[Chemical 24]
Figure TWI676644B_D0022

Figure TWI676644B_D0023
Figure TWI676644B_D0023
Figure TWI676644B_D0024
Figure TWI676644B_D0024

此外,合成聚醯胺酸時,四羧酸二酐可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 In the synthesis of polyamic acid, one tetracarboxylic dianhydride may be used alone or two or more thereof may be used in combination.

就電氣特性的觀點而言,其他酸二酐較佳為包含選自由脂肪族四羧酸二酐以及脂環式四羧酸二酐所組成的組群中的至少一種,具體而言,較佳為包含選自由所述式(a-2)所表示的化合物、雙環[2.2.1]庚烷-2,3,5,6-四羧酸-2:3,5:6-二酐、1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、1,3-二甲基-1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐、2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-3a,4,5,9b-四氫萘并[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、5-(2,5-二氧代四氫呋喃-3-基)-8-甲基-3a,4,5,9b-四氫萘并[1,2-c]呋喃-1,3-二酮、雙環[3.3.0]辛烷-2,4,6,8-四羧酸-2:4,6:8-二酐、以及環己烷四羧酸二酐所組成的組群中的至少一種化合物。相對於聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的其他酸二酐的總量,該些化合物的較佳化合物的使用量(於使用兩種以上的情況下為其合計量)較佳為設為10莫耳%以上,更佳為設為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為設為50莫耳%以上。 From the viewpoint of electrical characteristics, the other acid dianhydride preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride and an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and more preferably Is selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the formula (a-2), bicyclic [2.2.1] heptane-2,3,5,6-tetracarboxylic acid-2: 3,5: 6-dianhydride, 1 , 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,3-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,5-tricarboxy ring Amylacetic dianhydride, 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -3a, 4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho [1,2-c] furan-1,3-dione , 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuran-3-yl) -8-methyl-3a, 4,5,9b-tetrahydronaphtho [1,2-c] furan-1,3-dione At least one of the groups consisting of bicyclo [3.3.0] octane-2,4,6,8-tetracarboxylic acid-2: 4,6: 8-dianhydride and cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride A compound. Relative to the total amount of other acid dianhydrides used in the synthesis of polyamic acid, it is preferable that the amount of these compounds used (the total amount in the case of using two or more kinds) is 10 mol. More than ear mole%, more preferably at least 20 mole%, and even more preferably at least 50 mole%.

就充分獲得液晶顯示元件的殘像特性以及對比度特性的改善效果的觀點而言,相對於聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的四羧酸二酐的總量,所述方法[1]中的特定酸二酐的使用比例較佳為設為10莫耳%以上,更佳為設為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為設為30莫耳%以上。 From the viewpoint of sufficiently obtaining the afterimage characteristics and the improvement effect of the contrast characteristics of the liquid crystal display element, the specific method in the method [1] is specific to the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid. The use ratio of the acid dianhydride is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more.

(二胺) (Diamine)

聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的特定二胺只要具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構,則其餘的結構並無特別限制,例如可列舉下述式(2-1)所表示的化合物、以及下述式(2-2)所表示的化合物等。 The specific diamine used in the synthesis of the polyamic acid is not particularly limited as long as it has a partial structure represented by the formula (1), and examples thereof include compounds represented by the following formula (2-1) And a compound represented by the following formula (2-2).

[化26]H2N-R5-A1-R6-A2-R7-NH2 (2-1) H 2 NR 5 -A 1 -R 6 -A 2 -R 7 -NH 2 (2-1)

(式(2-1)中,A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為二價有機基,於下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為單鍵或二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R7為二價有機基,於下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R7為單鍵或二價有機基;R6為二價有機基) (In formula (2-1), A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), A 2 is a single bond, and the following formula ( A group represented by 1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2); when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 5 is divalent the organic group in the following formula (1-2) in the case of a group represented by, R 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; a 2 in the group represented by the following formula (1-1) is represented by In the case, R 7 is a divalent organic group, and in the case of a group or a single bond represented by the following formula (1-2), R 7 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; R 6 is a divalent organic group )

[化27] R8-A1-R9-A2-R10 (2-2) R 8 -A 1 -R 9 -A 2 -R 10 (2-2)

(式(2-2)中,A1及A2與所述式(2-1)為相同含義;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為一價有機基,於下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為氫原子或一價有機基;其中,於R8為氫原子的情況下,A1具有二胺基苯基,於R8為一價有機基的情況下,R8具有二胺基苯基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R10為一價有機基,於下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R10為氫原子或一價有機基;R9為二價有機基) (In formula (2-2), A 1 and A 2 have the same meaning as the formula (2-1); and when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 8 Is a monovalent organic group, and in the case of a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; and when R 8 is a hydrogen atom, A 1 has A diaminophenyl group, when R 8 is a monovalent organic group, R 8 has a diamino phenyl group; and when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 10 Is a monovalent organic group, and in the case of a group or a single bond represented by the following formula (1-2), R 10 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 9 is a divalent organic group)

Figure TWI676644B_D0025
Figure TWI676644B_D0025

(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,「*1」表示鍵結於R9的結合鍵;R1、R2、R3、X1及n與所述式(1)為相同含義) (In formulas (1-1) and (1-2), "* 1" represents a bonding bond bonded to R 9 ; R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X 1 and n and the formula (1) For the same meaning)

所述式(2-1)中,R5~R7的二價有機基例如可列舉:碳數1~20的二價烴基;將該烴基所具有的亞甲基的一部分以-O-、-CO-、-COO-或-NR33-(R33為氫原子或者碳數1~6的烷基)取代而成的二價基、二價雜環基等;該些基團亦可具有取代基。此處,本說明書中的所謂「烴基」是包含鏈狀烴基、脂環式烴基 及芳香族烴基的含義。該些基團中,「鏈狀烴基」是指主鏈不含環狀結構,而僅由鏈狀結構所構成的直鏈狀烴基以及分支狀烴基。其中,可為飽和,亦可為不飽和。「脂環式烴基」是指僅包含脂環式烴的結構作為環結構,而不包含芳香環結構的烴基。其中,不需要僅由脂環式烴的結構所構成,亦包含在其一部分中具有鏈狀結構者。「芳香族烴基」是指包含芳香環結構作為環結構的烴基。其中,不需要僅由芳香環結構所構成,亦可在其一部分中包含鏈狀結構或脂環式烴的結構。 Examples of the divalent organic group of R 5 to R 7 in the formula (2-1) include a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a part of the methylene group of the hydrocarbon group is represented by -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -NR 33- (R 33 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a divalent group, a divalent heterocyclic group, etc .; these groups may also have Substituents. Here, the "hydrocarbon group" in the present specification means a meaning including a chain hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. Among these groups, the "chain hydrocarbon group" refers to a straight-chain hydrocarbon group and a branched hydrocarbon group that are composed only of a chain structure without a cyclic structure in the main chain. Among them, it may be saturated or unsaturated. The "alicyclic hydrocarbon group" means a hydrocarbon group containing only an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure as a ring structure, and not including an aromatic ring structure. However, it does not need to be comprised only of the structure of an alicyclic hydrocarbon, and it also includes those which have a chain structure in a part. The "aromatic hydrocarbon group" refers to a hydrocarbon group containing an aromatic ring structure as a ring structure. However, it does not need to consist only of an aromatic ring structure, and may include a chain structure or an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in part.

作為R5~R7中的碳數1~20的二價烴基的具體例,鏈狀烴基例如可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、丙二基、丁二基、戊二基、己二基、庚二基、辛二基、壬二基、癸二基等;脂環式烴基例如可列舉:伸環己基、-R30-R31-(其中,R30為伸環己基,R31為碳數1~3的烷二基)等;芳香族烴基例如可列舉:伸苯基、經烷基取代的伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸萘基、-Ar3-R32-(其中,Ar3為伸苯基、伸聯苯基或伸萘基,R32為碳數1~3的烷二基或伸環己基)等。 Specific examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms in R 5 to R 7 include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylidene group, a propanediyl group, a butadiyl group, a pentadiyl group, and an hexamethylene group. Group, heptadiyl group, octyl group, nonane group, decanedyl group, etc .; Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cyclohexyl group, -R 30 -R 31- (where R 30 is cyclohexyl group, R 31 Is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms) and the like; examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include: phenylene, alkylene substituted phenylene, phenylene, naphthyl, -Ar 3 -R 32- ( Among them, Ar 3 is a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, or a naphthyl group, and R 32 is an alkyldiyl group or a cyclohexyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

R5~R7中的二價雜環基例如可列舉自吡啶、哌嗪、哌啶等含氮雜環去除2個氫原子而成的基團等。R5~R7可具有的取代基例如可列舉鹵素原子、烷氧基等、羥基、羧基、氰基。 Examples of the divalent heterocyclic group in R 5 to R 7 include a group obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms from a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring such as pyridine, piperazine, and piperidine. Examples of the substituent that R 5 to R 7 may have include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and the like, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a cyano group.

R5~R7中,R5及R7的二價有機基較佳為所述基團中的經取代或未經取代的伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸萘基、伸環己基、亞吡啶基、或者-Ar4-COO-*3(Ar4為經取代或未經取代的伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸萘基或伸環己基,「*3」表示與苯環的結合鍵)。R6較佳 為碳數1~6的烷二基、伸環己基、伸苯基、伸聯苯基或伸萘基。 Among R 5 to R 7 , the divalent organic group of R 5 and R 7 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phenylene group, a biphenylene group, a naphthyl group, a cyclohexyl group, Pyridylene, or -Ar 4 -COO- * 3 (Ar 4 is substituted or unsubstituted phenylene, phenylene, naphthyl, or cyclohexyl. "* 3 " represents the Key combination). R 6 is preferably an alkyldiyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclohexyl group, a phenylene group, a biphenylene group, or a naphthyl group.

所述式(2-2)中,R8及R10的一價有機基例如可列舉:碳數1~20的一價烴基;將該烴基所具有的亞甲基的一部分以-O-、-CO-、-COO-或-NR33-(R33為氫原子或者碳數1~6的烷基)取代而成的一價基、一價雜環基等;該些基團亦可具有取代基。作為R8及R10的一價有機基的具體例,例如可列舉:碳數1~20的烷基、碳數1~20的烷氧基、碳數1~20的氟烷基、環己基、苯基、甲苯基、苄基、聯苯、萘基、吡啶基、哌啶基等。 Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 8 and R 10 in the formula (2-2) include: a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; a part of the methylene group of the hydrocarbon group is -O-, -CO-, -COO- or -NR 33- (R 33 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a monovalent group, a monovalent heterocyclic group, etc .; these groups may also have Substituents. Specific examples of the monovalent organic group of R 8 and R 10 include, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and cyclohexyl group. , Phenyl, tolyl, benzyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl, and the like.

關於R9,可應用所述式(2-1)中的R6的說明。所述式(2-2)所具有的二胺基苯基中,兩個胺基較佳為相對於其他基團而位於2,4-位或3,5-位。 Regarding R 9 , the description of R 6 in the formula (2-1) can be applied. In the diaminophenyl group which the said formula (2-2) has, two amino groups are preferably located at the 2,4-position or the 3,5-position with respect to another group.

此外,所述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的R1、R2、R3及X1的說明可應用所述式(1)的說明。 The descriptions of R 1 , R 2 , R 3, and X 1 in the formulas (1-1) and (1-2) can be applied to the description of the formula (1).

特定二胺較佳為於分子內具有下述式(4)所表示的部分結構的化合物。藉由具有下述式(4)所表示的部分結構,於在液晶顯示元件中提高由交流電壓引起的殘像(交流電(Alternating Current,AC)殘像)的減少效果的方面較佳。 The specific diamine is preferably a compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (4) in the molecule. By having a partial structure represented by the following formula (4), it is preferable to improve the reduction effect of the afterimage (alternating current (AC) afterimage) caused by the AC voltage in the liquid crystal display element.

Figure TWI676644B_D0026
Figure TWI676644B_D0026

(式(4)中,Ar1及Ar2分別獨立地為經取代或未經取代的 伸苯基或伸環己基,X2為單鍵、-COO-或-CONR20-(R20為氫原子或一價有機基);其中,Ar1亦可構成所述式(1)中的苯環;t為1或2;t=2時,Ar2、X2分別獨立地具有所述定義;「*」表示結合鍵) (In formula (4), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or cyclohexyl, and X 2 is a single bond, -COO- or -CONR 20- (R 20 is hydrogen Atom or monovalent organic group); wherein Ar 1 may also constitute the benzene ring in the formula (1); t is 1 or 2; when t = 2, Ar 2 and X 2 each independently have the definition; (`` * '' Indicates a bonding key)

所述式(4)中,R20的一價有機基例如可列舉碳數1~6的烷基、保護基等。作為保護基的具體例,例如可列舉:第三丁氧基羰基、苄氧基羰基、1,1-二甲基-2-鹵乙基氧基羰基、烯丙基氧基羰基等。 Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 20 in the formula (4) include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons, a protecting group, and the like. Specific examples of the protective group include a third butoxycarbonyl group, a benzyloxycarbonyl group, a 1,1-dimethyl-2-haloethyloxycarbonyl group, and an allyloxycarbonyl group.

X2較佳為單鍵或-COO-。 X 2 is preferably a single bond or -COO-.

Ar1及Ar2的環部分的取代基較佳為碳數1~5的烷基或鹵素原子,更佳為甲基或氟原子。 The substituent of the ring portion of Ar 1 and Ar 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a halogen atom, and more preferably a methyl group or a fluorine atom.

作為所述式(4)所表示的部分結構的較佳具體例,例如可列舉:4,4'-伸聯苯基、4,4'-雙伸環己基、以及下述式(4-1)~式(4-4)分別所表示的基團、以及於該些基團的環部分具有甲基或氟原子的基團等。 Preferred specific examples of the partial structure represented by the formula (4) include, for example, 4,4'-biphenylene, 4,4'-biscyclohexyl, and the following formula (4-1 ) To groups represented by formula (4-4), groups having a methyl group or a fluorine atom in a ring portion of these groups, and the like.

Figure TWI676644B_D0027
Figure TWI676644B_D0027

(式中,「*」表示結合鍵) (In the formula, "*" indicates a bonding key)

於對使用液晶配向劑而形成的塗膜,藉由光配向法來賦 予配向限制力的情況下,就液晶顯示元件的AC殘像的減少以及對比度的改善效果高的方面而言,較佳為使用所述式(2-1)所表示的化合物作為特定二胺。藉由使用所述式(2-1)所表示的化合物作為特定二胺,可獲得主鏈具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的聚合物。 A coating film formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent is applied by a photo-alignment method. In the case of the preorientation restricting force, it is preferable to use the compound represented by the formula (2-1) as the specific diamine in terms of reduction in AC afterimage of the liquid crystal display element and improvement in contrast. By using the compound represented by the formula (2-1) as the specific diamine, a polymer having a partial structure represented by the formula (1) in the main chain can be obtained.

作為特定二胺的具體例,所述式(2-1)所表示的化合物例如可列舉下述式(b-1)~式(b-17)、式(b-26)~式(b-56)分別所表示的化合物等;所述式(2-2)所表示的化合物例如可列舉下述式(b-18)~式(b-59)分別所表示的化合物等。 As specific examples of the specific diamine, the compound represented by the formula (2-1) includes, for example, the following formulae (b-1) to (b-17), (b-26) to (b- 56) Compounds represented by the respective ones; Examples of the compounds represented by the formula (2-2) include compounds represented by the following formulae (b-18) to (b-59).

[化31]

Figure TWI676644B_D0028
[Chemical 31]
Figure TWI676644B_D0028

[化32]

Figure TWI676644B_D0029
[Chemical 32]
Figure TWI676644B_D0029

[化33]

Figure TWI676644B_D0030
[Chemical 33]
Figure TWI676644B_D0030

[化34]

Figure TWI676644B_D0031
[Chem 34]
Figure TWI676644B_D0031

此外,合成聚醯胺酸時,特定二胺可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。所述式(b-1)~式(b-59)中,式(b-1)、式(b-3)、式(b-5)~式(b-7)、式(b-11)、式(b-18)、式(b-20)、式(b-22)~式(b-26)、式(b-28)、式(b-41)~式(b-45)、式 (b-47)、式(b-54)、式(b-56)及式(b-57)相當於具有所述式(4)所表示的部分結構的化合物。 Moreover, when synthesizing a polyamidic acid, a specific diamine may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In the formulae (b-1) to (b-59), the formulae (b-1), (b-3), (b-5) to (b-7), and (b-11) ), Formula (b-18), formula (b-20), formula (b-22) ~ formula (b-26), formula (b-28), formula (b-41) ~ formula (b-45) ,formula (b-47), formula (b-54), formula (b-56), and formula (b-57) correspond to a compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (4).

特定二胺可藉由將有機化學的常法適當組合來合成。其一例可列舉如下方法:合成代替所述式(2-1)或式(2-2)所表示的化合物的一級胺基而具有硝基的二硝基中間體,繼而,使用適用的還原系,將所獲得的二硝基中間體的硝基進行胺基化。 Specific diamines can be synthesized by appropriately combining common methods in organic chemistry. One example thereof is a method of synthesizing a dinitro intermediate having a nitro group instead of the primary amine group of the compound represented by the formula (2-1) or the formula (2-2), and then using a suitable reducing system. The nitro group of the obtained dinitro intermediate was aminated.

合成二硝基中間體的方法可根據作為目標的化合物來適當選擇。具體而言,例如可藉由使「O2N-R5-A1-H」所表示的化合物、與「HO-R6-A2-R7-NO2」所表示的化合物,較佳為於有機溶媒中,視需要於觸媒的存在下進行反應而獲得。 The method for synthesizing the dinitro intermediate can be appropriately selected depending on the target compound. Specifically, for example, a compound represented by "O 2 NR 5 -A 1 -H" and a compound represented by "HO-R 6 -A 2 -R 7 -NO 2 " can be used, and more preferably The organic solvent is obtained by performing a reaction in the presence of a catalyst as necessary.

二硝基中間體的還原反應較佳為於有機溶媒中,例如使用鈀碳、氧化鉑、鋅、鐵、錫、鎳等觸媒來實施。此處使用的有機溶媒例如可列舉乙酸乙酯、甲苯、四氫呋喃、醇系等。其中,特定二胺的合成順序並不限定於所述方法。 The reduction reaction of the dinitro intermediate is preferably performed in an organic solvent, for example, using a catalyst such as palladium on carbon, platinum oxide, zinc, iron, tin, or nickel. Examples of the organic solvent used herein include ethyl acetate, toluene, tetrahydrofuran, and alcohols. However, the synthesis order of a specific diamine is not limited to the said method.

合成作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸時,可單獨使用特定二胺,或亦可併用不具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的二胺(其他二胺)。 When synthesizing the polyamic acid as the compound (X), a specific diamine may be used alone, or a diamine (other diamine) having no partial structure represented by the formula (1) may be used in combination.

所述其他二胺例如可列舉:脂肪族二胺、脂環式二胺、芳香族二胺、二胺基有機矽氧烷等。作為該些二胺的具體例,脂肪族二胺例如可列舉:間苯二甲胺、1,3-丙二胺、四亞甲基二胺、五亞甲基二胺、六亞甲基二胺、1,3-雙(胺基甲基)環己烷、1,2-雙(2-胺基乙氧基)乙烷等; 脂環式二胺例如可列舉:1,4-二胺基環己烷、4,4'-亞甲基雙(環己基胺)等;芳香族二胺例如可列舉:十二烷氧基二胺基苯、十四烷氧基二胺基苯、十五烷氧基二胺基苯、十六烷氧基二胺基苯、十八烷氧基二胺基苯、膽甾烷基氧基二胺基苯、膽甾烯基氧基二胺基苯、二胺基苯甲酸膽甾烷基酯、二胺基苯甲酸膽甾烯基酯、二胺基苯甲酸羊毛甾烷基酯、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯甲醯基氧基)膽甾烷、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)膽甾烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-丁基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯氧基)甲基)苯基)-4-庚基環己烷、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)-4-(4-庚基環己基)環己烷、N-(2,4-二胺基苯基)-4-(4-庚基環己基)苯甲醯胺、下述式(E-1) Examples of the other diamines include aliphatic diamines, alicyclic diamines, aromatic diamines, and diamine organosiloxanes. As specific examples of these diamines, examples of the aliphatic diamine include m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-propanediamine, tetramethylenediamine, pentamethylenediamine, and hexamethylenediamine. Amine, 1,3-bis (aminomethyl) cyclohexane, 1,2-bis (2-aminoethoxy) ethane, etc .; Examples of the alicyclic diamine include 1,4-diaminocyclohexane and 4,4'-methylenebis (cyclohexylamine). Examples of the aromatic diamine include dodecyloxydi Aminobenzene, Tetradecyloxydiaminobenzene, Pentadecyloxydiaminobenzene, Hexadecyloxydiaminobenzene, Octadecyloxydiaminobenzene, Cholesteryloxy Diaminobenzene, cholesteryloxydiaminobenzene, cholesteryl diaminobenzoate, cholesteryl diaminobenzoate, lanosteryl diaminobenzoate, 3 , 6-bis (4-aminobenzyloxy) cholestane, 3,6-bis (4-aminophenoxy) cholestane, 1,1-bis (4-((amino Phenyl) methyl) phenyl) -4-butylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis (4-((aminophenyl) methyl) phenyl) -4-heptylcyclohexane, 1, 1-bis (4-((aminophenoxy) methyl) phenyl) -4-heptylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis (4-((aminophenyl) methyl) phenyl) 4- (4-heptylcyclohexyl) cyclohexane, N- (2,4-diaminophenyl) -4- (4-heptylcyclohexyl) benzamide, the following formula (E- 1)

Figure TWI676644B_D0032
Figure TWI676644B_D0032

(式(E-1)中,XI及XII分別獨立地為單鍵、-O-、*4-COO-或*4-OCO-(其中,「*4」為鍵結於苯環的結合鍵),RI為碳數1~3的烷二基,RII為單鍵或碳數1~3的烷二基,a為0或1,b為0~2的整數,c為1~20的整數,d為0或1;其中,a及b不會同時成為0) (In the formula (E-1), X I and X II are each independently a single bond, -O-, * 4 -COO-, or * 4 -OCO- (wherein "* 4 " is bonded to a benzene ring (Bonding bond), R I is an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, R II is a single bond or alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a is 0 or 1, b is an integer of 0 to 2, and c is 1 An integer of ~ 20, where d is 0 or 1; where a and b do not become 0 at the same time)

所表示的化合物、下述式(da-1)或式(da-2) The compound represented by the following formula (da-1) or (da-2)

Figure TWI676644B_D0033
Figure TWI676644B_D0033

所表示的化合物等含配向性基的二胺:對苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4-胺基苯基-4'-胺基苯甲酸酯、4,4'-二胺基偶氮苯、1,5-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)戊烷、1,7-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)庚烷、雙[2-(4-胺基苯基)乙基]己二酸、N,N-雙(4-胺基苯基)甲基胺、1,5-二胺基萘、2,2'-二甲基-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、2,2'-雙(三氟甲基)-4,4'-二胺基聯苯、4,4'-二胺基二苯基醚、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙(4-胺基苯基)茀、2,2-雙[4-(4-胺基苯氧基)苯基]六氟丙烷、2,2-雙(4-胺基苯基)六氟丙烷、4,4'-(對伸苯基二亞異丙基)雙苯胺、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、4,4'-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2,6-二胺基吡啶、2,4-二胺基嘧啶、3,6-二胺基吖啶、3,6-二胺基咔唑、N-甲基-3,6-二胺基咔唑、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)-聯苯胺、N,N'-雙(4-胺基苯基)-N,N'-二甲基聯苯胺、1,4-雙-(4-胺基苯基)-哌嗪、3,5-二胺基苯甲酸、下述式(da-3)~式(da-17) Diamines with an orientation group such as the compounds shown: p-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylamine, 4,4'-di Amino diphenyl sulfide, 4-aminophenyl-4'-aminobenzoate, 4,4'-diaminoazobenzene, 1,5-bis (4-aminophenoxy ) Pentane, 1,7-bis (4-aminophenoxy) heptane, bis [2- (4-aminophenyl) ethyl] adipic acid, N, N-bis (4-amino Phenyl) methylamine, 1,5-diaminonaphthalene, 2,2'-dimethyl-4,4'-diaminobiphenyl, 2,2'-bis (trifluoromethyl) -4 , 4'-diaminobiphenyl, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis (4-aminophenyl) fluorene, 2,2-bis [4- (4-aminophenoxy) phenyl] hexafluoropropane, 2,2-bis (4-aminophenyl) hexafluoropropane , 4,4 '-(p-phenylene diisopropylidene) bisaniline, 1,4-bis (4-aminophenoxy) benzene, 4,4'-bis (4-aminophenoxy) ) Biphenyl, 2,6-diaminopyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-diaminoacridine, 3,6-diaminocarbazole, N-methyl-3,6 -Diaminocarbazole, N, N'-bis (4-aminophenyl) -benzidine, N, N'-bis (4-aminophenyl) -N, N'-dimethylbenzidine 1,4-bis- (4-amine Phenyl) -piperazine, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid, the following formulae (da-3) to (da-17)

Figure TWI676644B_D0034
Figure TWI676644B_D0034

分別所表示的化合物等;二胺基有機矽氧烷例如可列舉:1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)-四甲基二矽氧烷等;除此以外,還可使用日本專利特開2010-97188號公報中記載的二胺。 Respective compounds and the like; Examples of the diaminoorganosiloxane include 1,3-bis (3-aminopropyl) -tetramethyldisilaxane; in addition to this, Japanese patents can also be used The diamine described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-97188.

所述式(E-1)中的「-XI-(RI-XII)d-」所表示的二價基較 佳為:碳數1~3的烷二基、*-O-、*-COO-或*-O-C2H4-O-(其中,帶有「*」的結合鍵與二胺基苯基鍵結)。基「-CcH2c+1」例如可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、十三烷基、十四烷基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十七烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、十二烷基等,該些基團較佳為直鏈狀。二胺基苯基中的兩個胺基較佳為相對於其他基團而位於2,4-位或3,5-位。 The divalent group represented by "-X I- (R I -X II ) d- " in the formula (E-1) is preferably an alkanediyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, * -O-, * -COO- or * -OC 2 H 4 -O- (wherein the bond with "*" is bonded to the diaminophenyl group). Examples of the "-C c H 2c + 1 " group include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, and tridecyl Alkyl, tetradecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, dodecyl, etc., these groups are preferably linear. The two amino groups in the diaminophenyl group are preferably located at the 2,4-position or the 3,5-position with respect to the other groups.

作為所述式(E-1)所表示的化合物的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(E-1-1)~式(E-1-4)分別所表示的化合物等。 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (E-1) include compounds represented by the following formulae (E-1-1) to (E-1-4).

Figure TWI676644B_D0035
Figure TWI676644B_D0035

此外,聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的二胺可將該些化合物的一種單獨使用,或者適當選擇兩種以上來使用。 In addition, the diamine used in the synthesis of polyamic acid can be used alone or in combination of two or more of them.

於應用於扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)型、超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)型或者垂直配向型的液晶顯示元件用液晶配向劑的情況下,亦可於聚醯胺酸的側鏈導入不論是否進行光照射均可表現出液晶配向限制力的官能基(液晶配向 性基)。所述液晶配向性基例如可列舉:碳數4~20的烷基、碳數4~20的氟烷基、碳數4~20的烷氧基、碳數17~51的具有類固醇骨架的基團、具有多環結構的基團(例如具有所述式(4)所表示的部分結構的基團)等。具有液晶配向性基的聚醯胺酸例如可藉由單體組成中包含所述含配向性基的二胺的聚合而獲得。於使用含配向性基的二胺的情況下,就使液晶配向性良好的觀點而言,相對於合成中使用的全部二胺,所述含配向性基的二胺的調配比例較佳為設為3莫耳%以上,更佳為設為5莫耳%~70莫耳%。 When it is applied to a liquid crystal alignment agent for a liquid crystal display element of a twisted nematic (TN) type, a super twisted nematic (STN) type, or a vertical alignment type, it can also be used in a polyamic acid A functional group (liquid crystal alignment) that exhibits a liquid crystal alignment restriction force regardless of whether or not light is irradiated on the side chain Sex-based). Examples of the liquid crystal alignment group include an alkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and a group having a steroid skeleton having 17 to 51 carbon atoms. A group, a group having a polycyclic structure (for example, a group having a partial structure represented by the formula (4)), and the like. The polyamidic acid having a liquid crystal alignment group can be obtained, for example, by polymerization of a diamine containing the alignment group-containing diamine in a monomer composition. When a diamine containing an alignment group is used, it is preferable to set the ratio of the alignment of the diamine containing an alignment group with respect to all the diamines used in the synthesis from the viewpoint of improving the alignment of the liquid crystal. It is 3 mol% or more, and more preferably 5 mol% to 70 mol%.

於利用所述方法[2]來合成聚醯胺酸的情況下,就充分獲得液晶顯示元件的殘像特性以及對比度特性的改善效果的觀點而言,相對於聚醯胺酸的合成中使用的二胺的總量,特定二胺的使用比例較佳為設為10莫耳%以上,更佳為設為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為設為30莫耳%以上。 In the case of synthesizing polyamic acid by the method [2], from the viewpoint of sufficiently obtaining the afterimage characteristics and the improvement effect of the contrast characteristic of the liquid crystal display element, compared with those used in the synthesis of polyamic acid The total amount of the diamine is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more.

另外,於利用所述方法[3]來合成聚醯胺酸的情況下,相對於合成中使用的四羧酸二酐以及二胺的總量,較佳為將特定酸二酐與特定二胺的合計量設為10莫耳%以上,更佳為設為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為設為30莫耳%以上。 In addition, in the case of using the method [3] to synthesize polyamidic acid, the specific acid dianhydride and the specific diamine are preferably compared to the total amount of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine used in the synthesis. The total amount is 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more.

(聚醯胺酸的合成) (Synthesis of Polyamic Acid)

聚醯胺酸可藉由使如上所述的四羧酸二酐與二胺,視需要與分子量調整劑一併進行反應而獲得。提供給聚醯胺酸的合成反應的四羧酸二酐與二胺的使用比例較佳為相對於二胺的胺基1當量,四羧酸二酐的酸酐基成為0.2當量~2當量的比例,更佳為成 為0.3當量~1.2當量的比例。 Polyamic acid can be obtained by reacting the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine as described above together with a molecular weight adjuster as necessary. The use ratio of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine provided for the synthesis reaction of the polyamic acid is preferably 1 equivalent to the amine group of the diamine, and the anhydride group of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride becomes a ratio of 0.2 to 2 equivalents. Better It is a ratio of 0.3 to 1.2 equivalents.

分子量調整劑例如可列舉:順丁烯二酸酐、鄰苯二甲酸酐、衣康酸酐、下述式(F-1)~式(F-4) Examples of the molecular weight adjusting agent include maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, and the following formulae (F-1) to (F-4)

Figure TWI676644B_D0036
Figure TWI676644B_D0036

分別所表示的化合物等酸單酐,苯胺、環己基胺、正丁基胺等單胺化合物,異氰酸苯基酯、異氰酸萘基酯等單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the respective compounds include acid monoanhydrides, monoamine compounds such as aniline, cyclohexylamine, and n-butylamine, and monoisocyanate compounds such as phenyl isocyanate and naphthyl isocyanate.

另外,分子量調整劑亦可使用具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的單官能性化合物。該化合物較佳為可使用單胺化合物及酸單酐。具體而言,例如可列舉下述式(ma-1)~式(ma-15)分別所表示的化合物、下述式(mt-1)~式(mt-10)分別所表示的化合物等。 As the molecular weight modifier, a monofunctional compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (1) may be used. The compound is preferably a monoamine compound and an acid monoanhydride. Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulae (ma-1) to (ma-15), and compounds represented by the following formulae (mt-1) to (mt-10), and the like.

[化40]

Figure TWI676644B_D0037
[Chemical 40]
Figure TWI676644B_D0037

[化41]

Figure TWI676644B_D0038
[Chemical 41]
Figure TWI676644B_D0038

相對於所使用的四羧酸二酐以及二胺的合計100重量份,分子量調整劑的使用比例較佳為設為20重量份以下,更佳為設為10重量份以下。此外,分子量調整劑可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 The use ratio of the molecular weight modifier is preferably 20 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 10 parts by weight or less, based on 100 parts by weight of the total of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine used. Moreover, a molecular weight adjuster can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

聚醯胺酸的合成反應較佳為於有機溶媒中進行。此時的反應溫度較佳為-20℃~150℃,更佳為0℃~100℃。另外,反應時間較佳為0.1小時~24小時,更佳為0.5小時~12小時。 The synthesis reaction of the polyamic acid is preferably performed in an organic solvent. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20 ° C to 150 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.1 to 24 hours, and more preferably from 0.5 to 12 hours.

反應中使用的有機溶媒例如可列舉:非質子性極性溶媒、酚系溶媒、醇、酮、酯、醚、鹵化烴、烴等。該些有機溶媒中,較 佳為使用選自由非質子性極性溶媒及酚系溶媒所組成的組群(第一組群的有機溶媒)中的一種以上,或者選自第一組群的有機溶媒中的一種以上與選自由醇、酮、酯、醚、鹵化烴及烴所組成的組群(第二組群的有機溶媒)中的一種以上的混合物。於後者的情況下,相對於第一組群的有機溶媒以及第二組群的有機溶媒的合計量,第二組群的有機溶媒的使用比例較佳為50重量%以下,更佳為40重量%以下,尤佳為30重量%以下。 Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include aprotic polar solvents, phenol-based solvents, alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, and hydrocarbons. Among these organic solvents, Preferably, one or more members selected from the group consisting of an aprotic polar solvent and a phenol-based solvent (organic solvent of the first group), or one or more members selected from the organic solvent of the first group and selected from the group consisting of A mixture of one or more of alcohols, ketones, esters, ethers, halogenated hydrocarbons, and hydrocarbons (the organic solvent of the second group). In the latter case, the ratio of the organic solvent in the second group to the total amount of the organic solvent in the first group and the second group is preferably 50% by weight or less, and more preferably 40% by weight. % Or less, particularly preferably 30% by weight or less.

特佳的有機溶媒較佳為使用選自由N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基亞碸、γ-丁內酯、四甲基脲、六甲基磷醯三胺、間甲酚、二甲酚及鹵化苯酚所組成的組群中的一種以上作為溶媒,或者於所述比例的範圍內使用該些溶媒的一種以上與其他有機溶媒的混合物。有機溶媒的使用量(a)較佳為設為相對於反應溶液的總量(a+b),四羧酸二酐以及二胺的合計量(b)成為0.1重量%~50重量%的量。 Particularly preferred organic solvents are preferably those selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, dimethylmethane, One or more of the group consisting of γ-butyrolactone, tetramethylurea, hexamethylphosphonium triamine, m-cresol, xylenol and halogenated phenol are used as a solvent, or used within the range of the ratio A mixture of one or more of these solvents with other organic solvents. The used amount of the organic solvent (a) is preferably an amount in which the total amount (b) of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine is 0.1% to 50% by weight relative to the total amount (a + b) of the reaction solution. .

以所述方式,可獲得將聚醯胺酸溶解而成的反應溶液。該反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,亦可將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺酸分離後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者將分離的聚醯胺酸純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。於將聚醯胺酸進行脫水閉環而製成聚醯亞胺的情況下,可將所述反應溶液直接提供給脫水閉環反應,亦可將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺酸分離後再提供給脫水閉環反應,或者亦可將分離的聚醯胺酸純化後再提供給脫水閉環反應。聚醯胺酸的分離及純化可依據公知的方法來進 行。 In this manner, a reaction solution obtained by dissolving polyamidic acid can be obtained. The reaction solution can be directly provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the polyamic acid contained in the reaction solution can be separated and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the separated polyamino acid can be purified and then provided to Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent. In the case where the polyamidic acid is subjected to dehydration and ring closure to prepare a polyimide, the reaction solution may be directly provided to the dehydration and ring closure reaction, or the polyamidate contained in the reaction solution may be separated and then provided. For the dehydration ring-closing reaction, or the isolated polyamidic acid can be purified and then provided to the dehydration ring-closing reaction. Isolation and purification of polyamic acid can be performed according to known methods. Row.

[聚醯胺酸酯] [Polyurethane]

作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸酯例如可藉由以下方法來獲得:[I]使具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的聚醯胺酸、與酯化劑進行反應的方法;[II]使四羧酸二酯與二胺進行反應的方法;[III]使四羧酸二酯二鹵化物與二胺進行反應的方法等。 The polyamic acid ester as the compound (X) can be obtained, for example, by the following method: [I] A method of reacting a polyamino acid having a partial structure represented by the formula (1) with an esterifying agent. [II] A method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester with a diamine; [III] A method of reacting a tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide with a diamine, and the like.

此外,本說明書中所謂「四羧酸二酯」,是指四羧酸所具有的四個羧基中的兩個被酯化,其餘的兩個為羧基的化合物。所謂「四羧酸二酯二鹵化物」,是指四羧酸所具有的四個羧基中的兩個被酯化,其餘的兩個被鹵化而成的化合物。 The term "tetracarboxylic acid diester" as used herein refers to a compound in which two of the four carboxyl groups of a tetracarboxylic acid are esterified, and the remaining two are carboxyl groups. The "tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide" refers to a compound in which two of the four carboxyl groups of a tetracarboxylic acid are esterified, and the remaining two are halogenated.

方法[I]中使用的酯化劑例如可列舉:含羥基的化合物、縮醛系化合物、鹵化物、含環氧基的化合物等。作為該些化合物的具體例,含羥基的化合物例如可列舉:甲醇、乙醇、丙醇等醇類,苯酚、甲酚等酚類等;縮醛系化合物例如可列舉:N,N-二甲基甲醯胺二乙基縮醛、N,N-二乙基甲醯胺二乙基縮醛等;鹵化物例如可列舉:溴代甲烷、溴代乙烷、溴代十八烷、氯代甲烷、氯代十八烷、1,1,1-三氟-2-碘乙烷、氯甲基甲醚、2-氯甲氧基-1,1,1-三氟乙烷、碳酸氯甲基異丙酯、三甲基乙酸氯甲酯、乙酸氯甲酯、丁酸氯甲酯、氯甲基甲基硫醚等;含環氧基的化合物例如可列舉:環氧丙烷等。 Examples of the esterifying agent used in the method [I] include a hydroxyl-containing compound, an acetal-based compound, a halide, and an epoxy-containing compound. As specific examples of these compounds, examples of the hydroxyl-containing compounds include alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, and propanol; phenols such as phenol and cresol; and acetal compounds such as N, N-dimethyl. Formamidine diethyl acetal, N, N-diethylformamide diethyl acetal, and the like; examples of the halide include: bromomethane, bromoethane, stearyl bromide, and methyl chloride , Chlorooctadecane, 1,1,1-trifluoro-2-iodoethane, chloromethyl methyl ether, 2-chloromethoxy-1,1,1-trifluoroethane, chloromethyl carbonate Isopropyl ester, chloromethyl trimethyl acetate, chloro methyl acetate, chloro methyl butyrate, chloromethyl methyl sulfide, and the like; examples of the epoxy group-containing compound include propylene oxide and the like.

方法[II]中使用的四羧酸二酯例如可藉由使用甲醇或乙醇等醇類,將所述聚醯胺酸的合成中例示的四羧酸二酐進行開環 而獲得。所使用的二胺可列舉聚醯胺酸的合成中例示的二胺。方法[II]的反應較佳為於有機溶媒中,於適當的脫水觸媒的存在下進行。有機溶媒可列舉作為聚醯胺酸的合成中使用者而例示的有機溶媒。脫水觸媒例如可列舉:4-(4,6-二甲氧基-1,3,5-三嗪-2-基)-4-甲基嗎啉鎓鹵化物、羰基咪唑、磷系縮合劑等。此時的反應溫度較佳為-20℃~150℃,更佳為0℃~100℃。反應時間較佳為0.1小時~24小時,更佳為0.5小時~12小時。 The tetracarboxylic acid diester used in the method [II] can, for example, ring-open the tetracarboxylic dianhydride exemplified in the synthesis of the polyamic acid by using alcohols such as methanol or ethanol. And get. Examples of the diamine used include the diamines exemplified in the synthesis of polyamic acid. The reaction of the method [II] is preferably performed in an organic solvent in the presence of a suitable dehydrating catalyst. Examples of the organic solvent include organic solvents exemplified as users of the synthesis of polyamic acid. Examples of the dehydration catalyst include 4- (4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -4-methylmorpholinium halide, carbonylimidazole, and phosphorus-based condensation agent. Wait. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20 ° C to 150 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.1 to 24 hours, and more preferably from 0.5 to 12 hours.

方法[III]中使用的四羧酸二酯二鹵化物例如可藉由使以所述方式獲得的四羧酸二酯,與亞硫醯氯等適當的氯化劑進行反應而獲得。所使用的二胺可列舉聚醯胺酸的合成中例示的二胺。方法[III]的反應較佳為於有機溶媒中,於適當的鹼的存在下進行。有機溶媒可列舉作為聚醯胺酸的合成中使用者而例示的有機溶媒。鹼例如可較佳地使用:吡啶、三乙基胺等三級胺;氫化鈉、氫化鉀、氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、鈉、鉀等鹼金屬類等。此時的反應溫度較佳為-20℃~150℃,更佳為0℃~100℃。反應時間較佳為0.1小時~24小時,更佳為0.5小時~12小時。 The tetracarboxylic acid diester dihalide used in the method [III] can be obtained, for example, by reacting the tetracarboxylic acid diester obtained as described above with an appropriate chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride. Examples of the diamine used include the diamines exemplified in the synthesis of polyamic acid. The reaction of the method [III] is preferably performed in an organic solvent in the presence of a suitable base. Examples of the organic solvent include organic solvents exemplified as users of the synthesis of polyamic acid. Examples of the base that can be preferably used include tertiary amines such as pyridine and triethylamine; alkali metals such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium, and potassium. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably -20 ° C to 150 ° C, and more preferably 0 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 0.1 to 24 hours, and more preferably from 0.5 to 12 hours.

液晶配向劑中含有的聚醯胺酸酯可僅具有醯胺酸酯結構,亦可為醯胺酸結構與醯胺酸酯結構併存的部分酯化物。此外,將聚醯胺酸酯溶解而成的反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,亦可將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺酸酯分離後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者亦可將分離的聚醯胺酸酯純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。聚醯胺酸酯的分離及純化可依據公知的方法來進 行。 The polyamidate contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent may have only a pseudoamidate structure, or may be a partial esterified product in which a pseudoamidate structure and a pseudoamidate structure coexist. In addition, the reaction solution obtained by dissolving polyamidate can be directly provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the polyamidate contained in the reaction solution can be separated and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or The isolated polyamidate can also be purified and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent. Isolation and purification of polyamidate can be carried out according to known methods. Row.

[聚醯亞胺] [Polyimide]

作為化合物(X)的聚醯亞胺例如可藉由將以所述方式合成的作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸進行脫水閉環,加以醯亞胺化而獲得。 The polyfluorene imide as the compound (X) can be obtained, for example, by dehydrating and ring-closing the polyfluorenic acid that is the compound (X) synthesized in the manner described above, and then performing imidization.

聚醯亞胺可為將作為其前驅物的聚醯胺酸所具有的醯胺酸結構全部進行脫水閉環而成的完全醯亞胺化物,亦可為僅將醯胺酸結構的一部分進行脫水閉環而使醯胺酸結構與醯亞胺環結構併存的部分醯亞胺化物。反應中使用的聚醯亞胺較佳為其醯亞胺化率為20%以上,更佳為30%~99%,尤佳為40%~99%。該醯亞胺化率是相對於聚醯亞胺的醯胺酸結構的數量與醯亞胺環結構的數量的合計,以百分率來表示醯亞胺環結構的數量所佔的比例。此處,醯亞胺環的一部分亦可為異醯亞胺環。 The polyamidoimide may be a complete phosphonium imide obtained by dehydrating and ring-closing all of the polyamidoamine structures that are the precursors of the polyamidoacid, or may be dehydrated and closed-loop by dehydrating only a part of the polyamidostructure. In addition, a part of the sulfonium imide compound in which the sulfonium acid structure and the sulfonium ring structure coexist. The polyfluorene imine used in the reaction preferably has a hydrazone imidization rate of more than 20%, more preferably 30% to 99%, and even more preferably 40% to 99%. This fluorene imidization ratio is a total of the number of fluorene imine structures and the number of fluorene imine rings with respect to the total number of fluorene imine rings and the number of fluorene imine rings. Here, a part of the fluorene imine ring may be an isofluorene ring.

聚醯胺酸的脫水閉環較佳為藉由以下方法來進行:對聚醯胺酸進行加熱的方法;或者將聚醯胺酸溶解於有機溶媒中,於該溶液中添加脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒,視需要進行加熱的方法。其中,較佳為利用後者的方法。 The dehydration ring closure of the polyamic acid is preferably performed by the following method: heating the polyamic acid; or dissolving the polyamic acid in an organic solvent, adding a dehydrating agent and dehydration ring closure to the solution Medium, if necessary, a method of heating. Among these methods, the latter method is preferred.

於在聚醯胺酸的溶液中添加脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒的方法中,脫水劑例如可使用乙酸酐、丙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐。相對於聚醯胺酸的醯胺酸結構的1莫耳,脫水劑的使用量較佳為設為0.01莫耳~20莫耳。脫水閉環觸媒例如可使用吡啶、三甲吡啶、二甲吡啶、三乙基胺等三級胺。相對於所使用的脫水劑1莫 耳,脫水閉環觸媒的使用量較佳為設為0.01莫耳~10莫耳。脫水閉環反應中使用的有機溶媒可列舉作為聚醯胺酸的合成中使用者而例示的有機溶媒。脫水閉環反應的反應溫度較佳為0℃~180℃,更佳為10℃~150℃。反應時間較佳為1.0小時~120小時,更佳為2.0小時~30小時。 In the method of adding a dehydrating agent and a dehydration ring-closing catalyst to a solution of a polyamic acid, for example, an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride, and trifluoroacetic anhydride can be used as the dehydrating agent. The use amount of the dehydrating agent is preferably set to 0.01 mol to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of the fluoric acid structure of the polyamic acid. Examples of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst include tertiary amines such as pyridine, trimethylpyridine, dimethylpyridine, and triethylamine. 1 Mo with respect to the dehydrating agent used The use amount of the dehydrated closed-loop catalyst is preferably 0.01 mol to 10 mol. Examples of the organic solvent used in the dehydration ring-closure reaction include organic solvents exemplified as users of the synthesis of polyamic acid. The reaction temperature of the dehydration ring-closing reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 180 ° C, and more preferably 10 ° C to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 1.0 to 120 hours, and more preferably 2.0 to 30 hours.

以所述方式,可獲得含有聚醯亞胺的反應溶液。該反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,亦可自反應溶液中去除脫水劑及脫水閉環觸媒後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,亦可將聚醯亞胺分離後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者還可將分離的聚醯亞胺純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。該些純化操作可依據公知的方法來進行。除此以外,聚醯亞胺亦可藉由聚醯胺酸酯的醯亞胺化而獲得。 In this manner, a polyimide-containing reaction solution can be obtained. The reaction solution can be directly provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closed catalyst can be removed from the reaction solution and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the polyimide can be separated and then provided to the liquid crystal. The preparation of the alignment agent, or the isolated polyfluorene imide can also be purified and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent. These purification operations can be performed according to a known method. In addition, polyfluorene imine can also be obtained by hydrazone imidization of a polyfluorene ester.

以所述方式可獲得的作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺較佳為具有選自由下述式(6-1)~式(6-10)分別所表示的部分結構所組成的組群中的至少一種。 It is preferable that the polyamidic acid, polyamidate, and polyimide as the compound (X) obtainable in the above manner are selected from the group consisting of the following formulae (6-1) to (6-10). At least one of the groups of the represented partial structure.

此外,合成化合物(X)時,於使用所述特定酸二酐中的所述式(5-1)所表示的化合物的情況下,可獲得具有選自由下述式(6-1)所表示的部分結構以及下述式(6-2)所表示的部分結構所組成的組群中的至少一種部分結構的聚合物。於使用所述特定酸二酐中的所述式(5-2)所表示的化合物的情況下,可獲得具有選自由下述式(6-3)所表示的部分結構以及下述式(6-4)所表示的部分結構所組成的組群中的至少一種部分結構的聚合物。另 外,於使用所述特定二胺中的所述式(2-1)所表示的化合物的情況下,可獲得具有選自由下述式(6-5)所表示的部分結構以及下述式(6-6)所表示的部分結構所組成的組群中的至少一種部分結構的聚合物。於使用所述特定二胺中的所述式(2-2)所表示的化合物的情況下,可獲得具有選自由下述式(6-7)~式(6-10)分別所表示的部分結構所組成的組群中的至少一種部分結構的聚合物。 In addition, when the compound (X) is synthesized, when the compound represented by the formula (5-1) in the specific acid dianhydride is used, it is possible to obtain a compound selected from the following formula (6-1): And a polymer having at least one partial structure in a group consisting of a partial structure of the compound and a partial structure represented by the following formula (6-2). When the compound represented by the formula (5-2) in the specific acid dianhydride is used, it is possible to obtain a compound having a partial structure selected from the following formula (6-3) and the following formula (6) -4) A polymer having at least one partial structure in a group consisting of the partial structures represented by (4). another In addition, when a compound represented by the formula (2-1) in the specific diamine is used, a compound having a partial structure selected from the following formula (6-5) and the following formula ( 6-6) A polymer having at least one partial structure in a group consisting of the partial structures represented by 6-6). When the compound represented by the formula (2-2) in the specific diamine is used, it is possible to obtain a compound having a moiety selected from the group represented by the following formulae (6-7) to (6-10). At least one partially structured polymer in a group of structures.

Figure TWI676644B_D0039
Figure TWI676644B_D0039

(式(6-1)及式(6-2)中,A3、A4、R15、R16、R17、X3及X4分別與所述式(5-1)為相同含義;R20及R21分別獨立地為氫原子或一價有機基) (In formulas (6-1) and (6-2), A 3 , A 4 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , X 3 and X 4 have the same meanings as the formula (5-1), respectively; (R 20 and R 21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group)

[化43]

Figure TWI676644B_D0040
[Chemical 43]
Figure TWI676644B_D0040

(式(6-3)及式(6-4)中,R1、R2及X1分別與所述式(1)為相同含義,R18及R19分別與所述式(5-2)為相同含義;R20及R21分別獨立地為氫原子或一價有機基) (In formulas (6-3) and (6-4), R 1 , R 2, and X 1 have the same meanings as the formula (1), and R 18 and R 19 are respectively the same as the formula (5-2). ) Are the same meaning; R 20 and R 21 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group)

Figure TWI676644B_D0041
Figure TWI676644B_D0041

(式(6-5)及式(6-6)中,A1、A2、R5、R6及R7分別與所述式(2-1)為相同含義;R20及R21分別獨立地為氫原子或一價有機基,R22及R23分別獨立地為三價有機基) (In formulas (6-5) and (6-6), A 1 , A 2 , R 5 , R 6, and R 7 have the same meanings as the formula (2-1), respectively; R 20 and R 21 respectively Independently a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 22 and R 23 are each independently a trivalent organic group)

[化45]

Figure TWI676644B_D0042
[Chemical 45]
Figure TWI676644B_D0042

(式(6-7)~式(6-10)中,A1、A2、R9及R10分別與所述式(2-2)為相同含義;R20及R21分別獨立地為氫原子或一價有機基,R22及R23分別獨立地為三價有機基) (In the formulae (6-7) to (6-10), A 1 , A 2 , R 9 and R 10 have the same meanings as the formula (2-2); R 20 and R 21 are each independently A hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 22 and R 23 are each independently a trivalent organic group)

關於所述式(6-1)~式(6-8),R20及R21的一價有機基例如可列舉:碳數1~10的一價烴基、具有桂皮酸結構的基團等。R22及R23的三價有機基可列舉:鏈狀烴基、脂環式基、芳香族環基、雜環基等。較佳為脂環式基或芳香族環基,關於其具體例,可應用所述式(5-1)的R15及R17的說明。 Regarding the formulae (6-1) to (6-8), examples of the monovalent organic group of R 20 and R 21 include a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, a group having a cinnamic acid structure, and the like. Examples of the trivalent organic group of R 22 and R 23 include a chain hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic group, an aromatic ring group, and a heterocyclic group. An alicyclic group or an aromatic cyclic group is preferred. For specific examples thereof, the description of R 15 and R 17 of the formula (5-1) can be applied.

作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯以及聚醯亞胺較佳為當將其製成濃度為10重量%的溶液時,具有10mPa.s~ 800mPa.s的溶液黏度者,更佳為具有15mPa.s~500mPa.s的溶液黏度者。此外,所述聚合物的溶液黏度(mPa.s)是對使用該聚合物的良溶媒(例如γ-丁內酯、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等)來製備的濃度為10重量%的聚合物溶液,使用E型旋轉黏度計,於25℃下測定的值(關於以下的聚合物亦相同)。 The polyamidic acid, the polyamidate, and the polyamidate as the compound (X) preferably have 10 mPa when they are made into a solution having a concentration of 10% by weight. s ~ 800mPa. The solution viscosity of s is more preferably 15 mPa. s ~ 500mPa. Solution viscosity of s. In addition, the solution viscosity (mPa.s) of the polymer is a concentration of 10 weights prepared using a good solvent of the polymer (for example, γ-butyrolactone, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, etc.) % Polymer solution, measured at 25 ° C using an E-type viscometer (the same applies to the following polymers).

聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯以及聚醯亞胺的藉由凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Penetration Chromatography,GPC)來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1,000~500,000,更佳為2,000~300,000。另外,Mw與藉由GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的數量平均分子量(Mn)的比所表示的分子量分佈(Mw/Mn)較佳為15以下,更佳為10以下。藉由在所述的分子量範圍內,可確保液晶顯示元件的良好的配向性及穩定性。 The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by gel permeation chromatography (Gel Penetration Chromatography, GPC) of polyamidic acid, polyamidate and polyimide is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn) represented by the ratio of Mw to the polystyrene-equivalent number average molecular weight (Mn) measured by GPC is preferably 15 or less, and more preferably 10 or less. When the molecular weight is within the above range, good alignment and stability of the liquid crystal display element can be ensured.

[聚醯胺] [Polyamine]

作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺例如可藉由使二羧酸與二胺進行反應的方法等而獲得。此處,二羧酸較佳為使用例如亞硫醯氯等適當的氯化劑進行醯氯化後,提供給與二胺的反應。 The polyfluorene as the compound (X) can be obtained, for example, by a method in which a dicarboxylic acid and a diamine are reacted. Here, it is preferred that the dicarboxylic acid is subjected to arsine chlorination using a suitable chlorinating agent such as thionyl chloride, and is then provided to the reaction with the diamine.

聚醯胺的合成中使用的二羧酸並無特別限制,例如可列舉:乙二酸、丙二酸、二甲基丙二酸、丁二酸、戊二酸、己二酸、2-甲基己二酸、三甲基己二酸、庚二酸、2,2-二甲基戊二酸、3,3-二乙基丁二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、辛二酸、反丁烯二酸、黏康酸(muconic acid)等脂肪族二羧酸;環丁烷二羧酸、1-環丁烯二羧酸、環戊烷二羧酸、環己烷二 羧酸等具有脂環式結構的二羧酸;鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、5-甲基間苯二甲酸、5-第三丁基間苯二甲酸、2,5-二甲基對苯二甲酸、萘二羧酸、4,4'-聯苯二羧酸、4,4'-二苯基甲烷二羧酸、4,4'-二苯基丙烷二羧酸、4,4'-二苯基醚二羧酸、4,4'-羰基二苯甲酸、4-羧基桂皮酸、對伸苯基二丙烯酸、3,3'-[4,4'-(亞甲基二-對伸苯基)]二丙酸、4,4'-[4,4'-(氧雙-對伸苯基)]二丁酸、3,4-二苯基-1,2-環丁烷二羧酸等具有芳香族環的二羧酸等。此外,二羧酸可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 The dicarboxylic acid used in the synthesis of polyamide is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include oxalic acid, malonic acid, dimethylmalonic acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, and 2-formaldehyde. Adipic acid, trimethyl adipic acid, pimelic acid, 2,2-dimethylglutaric acid, 3,3-diethylsuccinic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, suberic acid, Aliphatic dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid and muconic acid; cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid, 1-cyclobutenedicarboxylic acid, cyclopentanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid Dicarboxylic acids with alicyclic structures such as carboxylic acids; phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 5-methylisophthalic acid, 5-tert-butylisophthalic acid, 2, 5-dimethyl terephthalic acid, naphthalenedicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylmethanedicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-diphenylpropanedicarboxylic acid Acid, 4,4'-diphenyl ether dicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-carbonyldibenzoic acid, 4-carboxycinnamic acid, p-phenylene diacrylic acid, 3,3 '-[4,4'-( Methylene di-p-phenylene)] dipropionic acid, 4,4 '-[4,4'-(oxybis-p-phenylene)] dibutyric acid, 3,4-diphenyl-1, Dicarboxylic acids and the like having an aromatic ring such as 2-cyclobutanedicarboxylic acid. Moreover, a dicarboxylic acid may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

合成作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺時使用的二胺包含特定二胺。另外,視需要亦可併用其他二胺。相對於聚醯胺的合成中使用的二胺的總量,特定二胺的使用比例較佳為設為10莫耳%以上,更佳為設為20莫耳%以上,尤佳為設為30莫耳%以上。此外,二胺可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 The diamine used when synthesizing polyamine as the compound (X) includes a specific diamine. If necessary, other diamines may be used in combination. The proportion of the specific diamine used is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 for the total amount of diamines used in the synthesis of polyamide. More than%. The diamines may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

提供給聚醯胺的合成反應的二羧酸與二胺的使用比例較佳為相對於二胺的胺基1當量,二羧酸的羧基成為0.2當量~2當量的比例,更佳為成為0.3當量~1.2當量的比例。 The ratio of the dicarboxylic acid and the diamine to be used in the synthesis reaction of the polyamine is preferably 1 equivalent to the amine group of the diamine, and the carboxyl group of the dicarboxylic acid is a ratio of 0.2 to 2 equivalents, and more preferably 0.3. Equivalent to 1.2 equivalent.

二羧酸(較佳為經醯氯化的二羧酸)與二胺的反應較佳為於鹼的存在下,於有機溶媒中進行。此時的反應溫度較佳為設為0℃~200℃,更佳為設為10℃~100℃。反應時間較佳為設為0.5小時~48小時,更佳為設為1小時~36小時。 The reaction of a dicarboxylic acid (preferably a fluorinated dicarboxylic acid) and a diamine is preferably performed in an organic solvent in the presence of a base. The reaction temperature at this time is preferably set to 0 ° C to 200 ° C, and more preferably set to 10 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 0.5 to 48 hours, and more preferably 1 to 36 hours.

反應中使用的有機溶媒例如可較佳地使用四氫呋喃、二噁 烷、甲苯、氯仿、二甲基甲醯胺、二甲基乙醯胺、二甲基亞碸、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮等。相對於二羧酸及二胺的合計量100重量份,有機溶媒的使用量較佳為設為400重量份~900重量份,更佳為設為500重量份~700重量份。 As the organic solvent used in the reaction, for example, tetrahydrofuran and dioxin can be preferably used. Alkane, toluene, chloroform, dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethylmethylene, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and the like. The used amount of the organic solvent is preferably 400 to 900 parts by weight, and more preferably 500 to 700 parts by weight based on 100 parts by weight of the total amount of dicarboxylic acid and diamine.

所述反應中使用的鹼例如可較佳地使用吡啶、三乙基胺、N-乙基-N,N-二異丙基胺等三級胺。相對於二胺1莫耳,鹼的使用量較佳為設為2莫耳~4莫耳,更佳為設為2莫耳~3莫耳。 As the base used in the reaction, for example, a tertiary amine such as pyridine, triethylamine, N-ethyl-N, N-diisopropylamine can be preferably used. The amount of alkali used is preferably 2 to 4 mol, and more preferably 2 to 3 mol relative to 1 mol of the diamine.

以所述方式,可獲得將聚醯胺溶解而成的反應溶液。該反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,亦可將反應溶液中所含的聚醯胺分離後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者亦可將分離的聚醯胺純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。聚醯胺的分離及純化可依據公知的方法來進行。 In this manner, a reaction solution obtained by dissolving polyfluorene is obtained. The reaction solution can be directly provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the polyamide contained in the reaction solution can be separated and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the separated polyamine can be purified and then provided to the liquid crystal alignment agent. Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent. Isolation and purification of polyamine can be performed according to a known method.

作為化合物(X)的聚醯胺的溶液黏度較佳為當將其製成濃度為10重量%的溶液時,具有10mPa.s~800mPa.s的溶液黏度者,更佳為具有15mPa.s~500mPa.s的溶液黏度者。另外,關於聚醯胺,藉由GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1,000~500,000,更佳為5,000~300,000。 The solution viscosity of the polyamidoamine as the compound (X) is preferably 10 mPa when it is made into a solution having a concentration of 10% by weight. s ~ 800mPa. The solution viscosity of s is more preferably 15 mPa. s ~ 500mPa. Solution viscosity of s. Moreover, about polyamine, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of polystyrene conversion measured by GPC is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, and more preferably 5,000 to 300,000.

[聚有機矽氧烷] [Polyorganosiloxane]

作為化合物(X)的聚有機矽氧烷(以下亦稱為「聚合物(S)」)例如可藉由使水解性的矽烷化合物進行水解.縮合而獲得。具體而言,可列舉下述[1]或[2]:[1]將具有環氧基的水解性的矽烷化合物(ms-1)、或者該矽 烷化合物(ms-1)與其他矽烷化合物的混合物進行水解縮合而合成含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,繼而使所獲得的含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷、與具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的羧酸(以下亦稱為「特定羧酸」)進行反應的方法;[2]使具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的水解性的矽烷化合物(ms-2)、或者該矽烷化合物(ms-2)與其他矽烷化合物的混合物進行水解縮合的方法等。該些方法中,[1]的方法簡便,而且就提高聚合物(S)中的所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的導入率的方面而言較佳。[1]的方法中,使用具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與羧酸的反應產物作為化合物(X)。 The polyorganosiloxane (hereinafter also referred to as "polymer (S)") as the compound (X) can be hydrolyzed by, for example, a hydrolyzable silane compound. Obtained by condensation. Specific examples include the following [1] or [2]: [1] a hydrolyzable silane compound (ms-1) having an epoxy group, or the silicon An alkane compound (ms-1) is hydrolyzed and condensed with a mixture of other silane compounds to synthesize an epoxy-group-containing polyorganosiloxane, and then the obtained epoxy-group-containing polyorganosiloxane is (1) A method for reacting a carboxylic acid having a partial structure (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific carboxylic acid") represented by [1]; [2] a hydrolyzable silane compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (1) ( ms-2), or a method of hydrolyzing and condensing a mixture of the silane compound (ms-2) and another silane compound. Among these methods, the method of [1] is simple and preferable in terms of improving the introduction rate of the partial structure represented by the formula (1) in the polymer (S). In the method of [1], a reaction product of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group and a carboxylic acid is used as the compound (X).

作為具有環氧基的水解性的矽烷化合物(ms-1)的具體例,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-縮水甘油氧基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-縮水甘油氧基乙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、2-縮水甘油氧基乙基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、2-縮水甘油氧基乙基二甲基乙氧基矽烷、4-縮水甘油氧基丁基三甲氧基矽烷、4-縮水甘油氧基丁基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、4-縮水甘油氧基丁基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、4-縮水甘油氧基丁基二甲基甲氧基矽烷、4-縮水甘油氧基丁基二甲基乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-(3,4-環氧基環己基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。作為矽烷化合物(ms-1),可將該些化合物中的一種 單獨使用或者將兩種以上混合使用。 Specific examples of the hydrolyzable silane compound (ms-1) having an epoxy group include, for example, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane , 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2-glycidyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-glycidyl Oxyethylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2-glycidyloxyethyldimethylmethoxysilane, 2-glycidyloxyethyldimethylethoxysilane, 4-glycidyloxy Butyltrimethoxysilane, 4-glycidyloxybutylmethyldimethoxysilane, 4-glycidyloxybutylmethyldiethoxysilane, 4-glycidyloxybutyldimethylmethoxysilane , 4-glycidyloxybutyldimethylethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) Ethyltriethoxysilane, 3- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) propyltrimethoxysilane and the like. As the silane compound (ms-1), one of these compounds can be used Use alone or in combination of two or more.

其他矽烷化合物只要是顯示出水解性的矽烷化合物,則並無特別限制,例如可列舉:四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、苯基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷、二甲基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷等烷氧基矽烷;3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、巰基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(3-環己基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-2-(胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等含氮.硫原子的烷氧基矽烷;3-(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、6-(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基己基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷等含不飽和烴的烷氧基矽烷;除此以外,還可列舉三甲氧基矽烷基丙基丁二酸酐等。其他矽烷化合物可單獨使用一種,或者將兩種以上組合使用。 The other silane compounds are not particularly limited as long as they are hydrolyzable silane compounds, and examples thereof include tetramethoxysilane, tetraethoxysilane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, Alkoxysilanes such as phenyltrimethoxysilane, phenyltriethoxysilane, dimethyldimethoxysilane, dimethyldiethoxysilane; 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- Mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane , N- (3-cyclohexylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, N-2- (aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane and other nitrogen-containing materials. Sulfur atom alkoxysilane; 3- (meth) propenyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) propenyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 6- (methyl ) Acrylic fluorenyloxyhexyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryl methoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryl methoxypropylmethyldiethoxy Unsaturated hydrocarbon-containing alkoxysilanes such as silane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, and p-styryltrimethoxysilane; in addition, trimethoxysilylpropyl Succinic anhydride and so on. The other silane compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

矽烷化合物的水解.縮合反應可藉由使如上所述的矽烷化合物的一種或者兩種以上與水,較佳為於適當的觸媒以及有機溶媒的存在下反應而進行。 Hydrolysis of silane compounds. The condensation reaction can be performed by reacting one or two or more of the silane compounds as described above with water, preferably in the presence of a suitable catalyst and an organic solvent.

所述[1]的方法中,就不僅可將足夠量的所述式(1)所表示 的部分結構導入至聚合物的側鏈中,而且抑制因環氧基為過剩量而引起的副反應的觀點而言,含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的環氧當量較佳為100g/莫耳~10,000g/莫耳,更佳為150g/莫耳~1,000g/莫耳。因此,合成含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷時,較佳為以所獲得的聚有機矽氧烷的環氧當量成為所述範圍的方式調整矽烷化合物(ms-1)的使用比例。 In the method of [1], not only a sufficient amount of the formula (1) can be expressed. From the viewpoint of introducing part of the structure into the side chain of the polymer and suppressing side reactions caused by an excessive amount of epoxy group, the epoxy equivalent of the polyorganosiloxane containing epoxy group is preferably 100 g / Mohr ~ 10,000g / mol, more preferably 150g / mol ~ 1,000g / mol. Therefore, when synthesizing an epoxy-group-containing polyorganosiloxane, it is preferable to adjust the use ratio of the silane compound (ms-1) so that the epoxy equivalent of the obtained polyorganosiloxane is within the range.

水解.縮合反應時,相對於矽烷化合物(合計量)1莫耳,水的使用比例較佳為0.5莫耳~100莫耳,更佳為1莫耳~30莫耳。 hydrolysis. In the condensation reaction, the use ratio of water is preferably 0.5 mol to 100 mol, and more preferably 1 mol to 30 mol, relative to 1 mol of the silane compound (total amount).

水解.縮合反應時使用的觸媒例如可列舉酸、鹼金屬化合物、有機鹼、鈦化合物、鋯化合物等。作為該觸媒,就能夠抑制環氧基的開環等副反應的方面、或能夠加快水解縮合速度的方面、保存穩定性優異的方面等而言,該些化合物中較佳為鹼金屬化合物或者有機鹼,特佳為三級或者四級的有機鹼。 hydrolysis. Examples of the catalyst used in the condensation reaction include acids, alkali metal compounds, organic bases, titanium compounds, and zirconium compounds. As the catalyst, in terms of suppressing side reactions such as ring opening of epoxy groups, speeding up hydrolysis and condensation, and excellent storage stability, the compounds are preferably alkali metal compounds or The organic base is particularly preferably a third- or fourth-grade organic base.

有機鹼的使用量根據有機鹼的種類、溫度等反應條件等而不同,可適當地設定,相對於全部矽烷化合物,較佳為0.01倍莫耳~3倍莫耳,更佳為0.05倍莫耳~1倍莫耳。 The amount of organic base used varies according to the type of organic base, reaction conditions such as temperature, etc., and can be appropriately set. It is preferably 0.01 to 3 times mole, more preferably 0.05 times mole to all silane compounds. ~ 1 mol.

水解.縮合反應時使用的有機溶媒例如可列舉烴、酮、酯、醚、醇等。作為該些有機溶媒的具體例,烴例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等;酮例如可列舉:甲基乙基酮、甲基異丁基酮、甲基正戊基酮、二乙基酮、環己酮、環戊酮等;酯例如可列舉:乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯等;醚例如可列舉:乙二醇二甲醚、 乙二醇二乙醚、四氫呋喃、二噁烷等;醇例如可列舉:1-己醇、4-甲基-2-戊醇、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單-正丙醚、乙二醇單-正丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單-正丙醚等。該些中較佳為使用非水溶性的有機溶媒。此外,該些有機溶媒可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上混合使用。 hydrolysis. Examples of the organic solvent used in the condensation reaction include hydrocarbons, ketones, esters, ethers, and alcohols. As specific examples of these organic solvents, examples of the hydrocarbon include toluene and xylene; examples of the ketone include methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, methyl n-pentyl ketone, diethyl ketone, Cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, etc .; Examples of the ester include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, and ethyl lactate. Examples of the ether include ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Ethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, etc. Examples of alcohols include 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and ethylene glycol monoethyl ether. -N-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, and the like. Among these, a water-insoluble organic solvent is preferably used. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.

相對於反應中使用的全部矽烷化合物100重量份,水解縮合反應中的有機溶媒的使用比例較佳為10重量份~10,000重量份,更佳為50重量份~1,000重量份。 The use ratio of the organic solvent in the hydrolysis condensation reaction is preferably 10 parts by weight to 10,000 parts by weight, and more preferably 50 parts by weight to 1,000 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the entire silane compound used in the reaction.

水解.縮合反應較佳為將如上所述的矽烷化合物溶解於有機溶媒中,將該溶液與有機鹼及水混合,例如藉由油浴等進行加熱而實施。水解.縮合反應時,較佳為將加熱溫度設為130℃以下,更佳為設為40℃~100℃。加熱時間較佳為設為0.5小時~12小時,更佳為設為1小時~8小時。加熱過程中,可將混合液攪拌,亦可置於回流下。反應結束後,較佳為將自反應液中分取的有機溶媒層以水洗滌。該洗滌時,使用包含少量鹽的水(例如0.2重量%左右的硝酸銨水溶液等)進行洗滌,藉此就洗滌操作變得容易的方面而言較佳。洗滌進行至洗滌後的水層成為中性為止,然後,將有機溶媒層視需要以無水硫酸鈣、分子篩等乾燥劑進行乾燥後,去除溶媒,藉此能夠獲得聚有機矽氧烷。 hydrolysis. The condensation reaction is preferably carried out by dissolving the silane compound as described above in an organic solvent, mixing the solution with an organic base and water, and heating the solution with an oil bath or the like, for example. hydrolysis. In the condensation reaction, the heating temperature is preferably 130 ° C or lower, and more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C. The heating time is preferably 0.5 to 12 hours, and more preferably 1 to 8 hours. During the heating process, the mixed solution can be stirred or placed under reflux. After completion of the reaction, the organic solvent layer separated from the reaction solution is preferably washed with water. In this washing, washing with water containing a small amount of salt (for example, about 0.2% by weight of an aqueous ammonium nitrate solution, etc.) is preferred in terms of ease of washing operation. The washing is performed until the washed water layer becomes neutral, and then the organic solvent layer is dried with a desiccant such as anhydrous calcium sulfate and molecular sieve as needed, and then the solvent is removed to obtain a polyorganosiloxane.

於所述[1]的方法中,使藉由所述反應而獲得的含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷繼而與特定羧酸進行反應。藉此,含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷所具有的環氧基與羧酸進行反應,能夠獲得作為於側 鏈具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的聚有機矽氧烷的聚合物(S)。 In the method of [1], the epoxy-containing polyorganosiloxane obtained by the reaction is reacted with a specific carboxylic acid. This allows the epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane to react with the carboxylic acid to obtain The polymer (S) whose chain has a partial structure represented by the formula (1).

作為特定羧酸的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(3)所表示的化合物等。 Specific examples of the specific carboxylic acid include a compound represented by the following formula (3).

Figure TWI676644B_D0043
Figure TWI676644B_D0043

(式(3)中,A1及A2分別與所述式(2-1)為相同含義;其中,所述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」表示鍵結於R12的結合鍵;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為一價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為氫原子或一價有機基;R12為二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為二價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為單鍵或二價有機基;s及r分別獨立地為0或1;其中,式(3)中具有一個羧基) (In formula (3), A 1 and A 2 have the same meanings as the formula (2-1), respectively; wherein "* 1" in the formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) represents A bond to R 12 ; when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 11 is a monovalent organic group, and A 1 is the following formula (1-2) In the case of the represented group, R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 12 is a divalent organic group; and when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R is 13 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 13 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; s and r are each independently 0 or 1; (Wherein the formula (3) has a carboxyl group)

所述式(3)中,關於R11的一價有機基的例示,可應用所述式(2-2)中的R8及R10的說明。另外,R12及R13的二價有機基的例示可應用所述式(2-1)中的R5~R7的說明。A1及A2的R1、R2、R3及X1的說明可應用所述式(1)的說明。 In the formula (3), as examples of the monovalent organic group of R 11 , the descriptions of R 8 and R 10 in the formula (2-2) can be applied. In addition, as examples of the divalent organic group of R 12 and R 13 , the description of R 5 to R 7 in the formula (2-1) can be applied. The descriptions of R 1 , R 2 , R 3, and X 1 of A 1 and A 2 can be applied to the description of the formula (1).

就提高AC殘像的減少效果的觀點而言,特定羧酸較佳為於分子內不僅具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構,而且更具有 所述式(4)所表示的部分結構。此外,所述式(4)所表示的部分結構的較佳具體例可應用特定二胺的情況下的說明。另外,亦可由所述式(1)中的苯環來構成所述式(4)所表示的結構的一部分的方面與特定二胺相同。 From the viewpoint of improving the reduction effect of the AC afterimage, the specific carboxylic acid preferably has not only a partial structure represented by the formula (1) in the molecule, but also has A partial structure represented by the formula (4). In addition, the description of the case where a specific diamine is applied as a preferable specific example of the partial structure represented by said formula (4) can be used. In addition, a part of the structure represented by the formula (4) may be constituted by a benzene ring in the formula (1) in the same manner as the specific diamine.

作為特定羧酸的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(g-1)~式(g-13)分別所表示的化合物等。 Specific examples of the specific carboxylic acid include compounds represented by the following formulae (g-1) to (g-13).

Figure TWI676644B_D0044
Figure TWI676644B_D0044

此外,於合成聚合物(S)時,特定羧酸可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。所述式(g-1)~式(g-13)中,式(g-1)、式(g-2)、式(g-4)~式(g-8)、及式(g-11)~式(g-13)相當 於具有所述式(4)所表示的部分結構的化合物。 Moreover, when synthesizing a polymer (S), a specific carboxylic acid may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In the formulas (g-1) to (g-13), the formulas (g-1), (g-2), (g-4) to (g-8), and (g- 11) ~ Formula (g-13) is equivalent A compound having a partial structure represented by the formula (4).

就使對光的感度良好的觀點而言,聚合物(S)的一分子中的所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的含有比例較佳為相對於聚合物(S)所具有的矽原子而設為3莫耳%~100莫耳%,更佳為設為5莫耳%~95莫耳%,尤佳為設為10莫耳%~90莫耳%。因此,合成聚合物(S)時,較佳為以所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的含有比例成為所述範圍的方式選擇特定羧酸的使用比例。 From the viewpoint of improving the sensitivity to light, the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (1) in one molecule of the polymer (S) is preferably relative to the silicon contained in the polymer (S). It is set to 3 mol% to 100 mol%, more preferably 5 mol% to 95 mol%, and even more preferably 10 mol% to 90 mol%. Therefore, when synthesizing the polymer (S), the use ratio of the specific carboxylic acid is preferably selected such that the content ratio of the partial structure represented by the formula (1) falls within the range.

此外,特定羧酸可藉由將有機化學的常法適當組合而合成。作為其一例,例如可藉由如下方法等而獲得:使「R11-A1-H」所表示的化合物、與「HO-R12-A2-R13-COOM(其中,M為羧基的保護基)」所表示的化合物,較佳為於有機溶媒中,視需要於觸媒的存在下進行反應,繼而,進行去保護。其中,特定羧酸的合成順序並不限定於所述方法。 In addition, specific carboxylic acids can be synthesized by appropriately combining common methods in organic chemistry. As an example, it can be obtained, for example, by a method represented by "R 11 -A 1 -H" and "HO-R 12 -A 2 -R 13 -COOM (where M is a carboxyl group) The compound represented by "protecting group" is preferably in an organic solvent, and is reacted in the presence of a catalyst, if necessary, and then deprotected. However, the synthesis order of a specific carboxylic acid is not limited to the said method.

合成聚合物(S)時,與含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷的反應中使用的羧酸可僅為特定羧酸,亦可併用特定羧酸以外的其他羧酸。 When synthesizing the polymer (S), the carboxylic acid used in the reaction with the epoxy-group-containing polyorganosiloxane may be only a specific carboxylic acid, or a carboxylic acid other than the specific carboxylic acid may be used in combination.

其他羧酸只要是不具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的羧酸,則並無特別限制,例如可列舉具有所述液晶配向性基的羧酸等。作為其他羧酸的具體例,例如可列舉:己酸、月桂酸、十五烷基酸、棕櫚酸、硬脂酸、油酸、11-十八碳烯酸(vaccenic acid)、亞麻油酸、次亞麻油酸、花生酸等碳數6~20的脂肪酸、下述式(C-2-1)~式(C-2-10)分別所表示的化合物等。 The other carboxylic acid is not particularly limited as long as it is a carboxylic acid that does not have a partial structure represented by the formula (1), and examples thereof include a carboxylic acid having the liquid crystal alignment group. Specific examples of other carboxylic acids include hexanoic acid, lauric acid, pentadecanoic acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, 11-octadecenoic acid, linoleic acid, Fatty acids having 6 to 20 carbons such as linolenic acid and arachidic acid, compounds represented by the following formulae (C-2-1) to (C-2-10), and the like.

Figure TWI676644B_D0045
Figure TWI676644B_D0045

(式中,j為0~12的整數,h為1~10的整數) (Where j is an integer from 0 to 12 and h is an integer from 1 to 10)

此外,其他羧酸可單獨使用選自該些羧酸中的一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 In addition, other carboxylic acids may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds.

相對於聚有機矽氧烷所具有的環氧基的合計1莫耳,與含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷進行反應的羧酸的使用比例較佳為設為0.001莫耳~1.5莫耳,更佳為設為0.01莫耳~1.0莫耳。 The use ratio of the carboxylic acid to be reacted with the polyorganosiloxane containing an epoxy group is preferably 0.001 to 1.5 mol relative to a total of 1 mol of the epoxy group contained in the polyorganosiloxane. It is more preferably set to 0.01 mol to 1.0 mol.

就充分獲得本發明的效果的觀點而言,相對於與含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷進行反應的羧酸的合計量,其他羧酸的使用比例較佳為設為80莫耳%以下,更佳為設為50莫耳%以下。 From the viewpoint of sufficiently obtaining the effects of the present invention, the use ratio of other carboxylic acids is preferably 80 mol% or less based on the total amount of the carboxylic acid reacted with the epoxy-containing polyorganosiloxane. It is more preferable to set it to 50 mol% or less.

含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與羧酸的反應較佳為於觸媒及有機溶媒的存在下進行。 The reaction of the epoxy-containing polyorganosiloxane with a carboxylic acid is preferably performed in the presence of a catalyst and an organic solvent.

含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與羧酸的反應中使用的觸媒例如可 使用作為有機鹼、促進環氧化合物的反應的所謂硬化促進劑而公知的化合物等。此處,所述有機鹼例如可列舉:乙基胺、哌嗪、哌啶等一級有機胺~二級有機胺;三乙基胺、吡啶等三級有機胺;氫氧化四甲基銨等四級有機胺等。該些化合物中,有機鹼較佳為三級有機胺或者四級有機胺。 The catalyst used in the reaction of an epoxy-containing polyorganosiloxane with a carboxylic acid may be, for example, A compound known as an organic base or a so-called hardening accelerator that accelerates the reaction of an epoxy compound is used. Here, examples of the organic base include primary organic amines to secondary organic amines such as ethylamine, piperazine, and piperidine; tertiary organic amines such as triethylamine, pyridine; and tetramethylammonium hydroxide. Grade organic amines and so on. Among these compounds, the organic base is preferably a tertiary organic amine or a quaternary organic amine.

所述硬化促進劑可列舉:三級胺、咪唑化合物、有機磷化合物、四級鏻鹽、二氮雜雙環烯烴、辛酸錫之類的有機金屬化合物,四級銨鹽、硼化合物、氯化錫之類的金屬鹵素化合物等。該些化合物中,較佳為四級銨鹽,具體而言,例如可列舉:溴化四乙基銨、溴化四-正丁基銨、氯化四乙基銨、氯化四-正丁基銨等。 Examples of the hardening accelerator include tertiary amines, imidazole compounds, organic phosphorus compounds, quaternary phosphonium salts, diazabicyclic olefins, organometallic compounds such as tin octoate, quaternary ammonium salts, boron compounds, and tin chloride. Metal halide compounds and the like. Among these compounds, a quaternary ammonium salt is preferable, and specific examples thereof include tetraethylammonium bromide, tetra-n-butylammonium bromide, tetraethylammonium chloride, and tetra-n-butyl chloride. Ammonium, etc.

相對於含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷100重量份,所述觸媒較佳為以100重量份以下、更佳為0.01重量份~100重量份,尤佳為0.1重量份~20重量份的比例來使用。 The catalyst is preferably 100 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.01 to 100 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the epoxy-containing polyorganosiloxane. To use.

所述反應中使用的有機溶媒例如可列舉:烴、醚、酯、酮、醯胺、醇等。該些有劑溶媒中,就原料及產物的溶解性、以及產物的純化的容易度的觀點而言,較佳為醚、酯、酮,特佳的溶媒的具體例可列舉:2-丁酮、2-己酮、甲基異丁基酮及乙酸丁酯等。該有機溶媒較佳為以固體成分濃度(反應溶液中的溶媒以外的成分的合計重量相對於溶液的總重量所佔的比例)成為0.1重量%以上的比例來使用,更佳為以成為5重量%~50重量%的比例來使用。 Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include hydrocarbons, ethers, esters, ketones, amidines, and alcohols. Among these agent solvents, ethers, esters, and ketones are preferred from the viewpoints of solubility of raw materials and products, and ease of purification of the products. Specific examples of particularly preferred solvents include 2-butanone , 2-hexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone and butyl acetate. This organic solvent is preferably used at a solid content concentration (a ratio of the total weight of components other than the solvent in the reaction solution to the total weight of the solution) of 0.1% by weight or more, more preferably 5% by weight. % ~ 50% by weight.

所述反應中的反應溫度較佳為0℃~200℃,更佳為50℃ ~150℃。反應時間較佳為0.1小時~50小時,更佳為0.5小時~20小時。另外,反應結束後,較佳為將自反應液中分取的有機溶媒層以水洗滌。水洗後,將有機溶媒層視需要以適當的乾燥劑進行乾燥,然後去除溶媒,藉此可獲得聚合物(S)。此外,聚有機矽氧烷的合成方法並不限定於如上所述的水解.縮合反應,例如亦可採用使水解性矽烷化合物於乙二酸及醇的存在下進行反應的方法等。 The reaction temperature in the reaction is preferably 0 ° C to 200 ° C, and more preferably 50 ° C. ~ 150 ℃. The reaction time is preferably from 0.1 to 50 hours, and more preferably from 0.5 to 20 hours. After the reaction is completed, the organic solvent layer separated from the reaction solution is preferably washed with water. After washing with water, the organic solvent layer is dried with an appropriate desiccant if necessary, and then the solvent is removed to obtain a polymer (S). In addition, the synthesis method of polyorganosiloxane is not limited to the hydrolysis as described above. For the condensation reaction, for example, a method in which a hydrolyzable silane compound is reacted in the presence of oxalic acid and an alcohol can be adopted.

以所述方式獲得的聚合物(S)較佳為包括藉由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與羧酸的反應而形成的部分結構,具體而言,較佳為包括下述式(7)所表示的部分結構。 The polymer (S) obtained in the manner described above preferably includes a partial structure formed by the reaction of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a carboxylic acid, and specifically, preferably includes the following formula ( 7) Partial structure shown.

Figure TWI676644B_D0046
Figure TWI676644B_D0046

(式(7)中,A1、A2、R11、R12、R13、s及r分別與所述式(3)為相同含義;Z1為二價有機基;「*」表示與矽原子的結合鍵) (In formula (7), A 1 , A 2 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , s, and r have the same meanings as in formula (3), respectively; Z 1 is a divalent organic group; “*” indicates that (Silicon atom bond)

此外,關於Z1的二價有機基,可列舉所述式(2-1)的R5~R7所例示的基團等。 Examples of the divalent organic group of Z 1 include the groups exemplified by R 5 to R 7 in the formula (2-1).

本揭示的液晶配向劑中所含有的聚合物(S)較佳為當將其製成濃度為10重量%的溶液時,具有1mPa.s~500mPa.s的溶液黏度者,更佳為具有3mPa.s~200mPa.s的溶液黏度者。關 於聚合物(S),藉由GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為1,000~200,000,更佳為2,000~50,000,尤佳為3,000~20,000。 The polymer (S) contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present disclosure preferably has 1 mPa when it is made into a solution having a concentration of 10% by weight. s ~ 500mPa. The solution viscosity of s is more preferably 3 mPa. s ~ 200mPa. Solution viscosity of s. turn off In the polymer (S), the polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight (Mw) measured by GPC is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 2,000 to 50,000, and even more preferably 3,000 to 20,000.

[聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯] [Poly (meth) acrylate]

作為化合物(X)的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯例如可藉由如下方法而獲得:使具有環氧基的(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體(m-1)、或者該(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體(m-1)與其他(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體的混合物,於聚合起始劑的存在下進行聚合後,使該所獲得的聚合物(以下亦稱為「含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯」)、與特定羧酸進行反應。 The poly (meth) acrylate as the compound (X) can be obtained, for example, by (meth) acrylic monomer (m-1) having an epoxy group, or the (meth) acrylic acid A mixture of the monomer (m-1) and other (meth) acrylic monomers is polymerized in the presence of a polymerization initiator, and the obtained polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "ring-containing Poly (meth) acrylate ") and a specific carboxylic acid.

(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體(m-1)例如可列舉具有環氧基的不飽和羧酸酯。作為其具體例,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-乙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-正丙基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、α-正丁基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基丁酯、α-乙基丙烯酸3,4-環氧基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3,4-環氧基環己基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸6,7-環氧基庚酯、α-乙基丙烯酸6,7-環氧基庚酯、丙烯酸4-羥基丁基縮水甘油醚、(甲基)丙烯酸(3-乙基氧雜環丁烷-3-基)甲酯等。此外,(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體(m-1)可將所述單量體中的一種單獨使用或者將兩種以上組合使用。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic monomer (m-1) include an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having an epoxy group. Specific examples thereof include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl α-ethylacrylate, glycidyl α-n-propylacrylate, glycidyl α-n-butylacrylate, (methyl ) 3,4-epoxybutyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl α-ethyl acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexyl methyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid 6 , 7-epoxyheptyl, α-ethylheptyl 6,7-epoxyheptyl, 4-hydroxybutyl glycidyl acrylate, (3-ethyloxetane- (meth) acrylic acid- 3-yl) methyl ester and the like. In addition, the (meth) acrylic monobasic body (m-1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more kinds.

其他(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸ω-羧基聚己內酯、丁烯酸、α-乙基丙烯酸、α-正丙基丙烯酸、α-正丁基丙烯酸、順丁烯二酸、反丁烯二酸、檸 康酸、中康酸、衣康酸、乙烯基苯甲酸等不飽和羧酸;(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸烯丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸三甲氧基矽烷基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-N,N-二甲基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-N,N-二乙基胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基聚乙二醇、(甲基)丙烯酸辛氧基聚乙二醇、(甲基)丙烯酸四氫糠基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯;α-甲氧基丙烯酸甲酯、α-乙氧基丙烯酸甲酯等α-烷氧基丙烯酸酯;丁烯酸甲酯、丁烯酸乙酯等丁烯酸酯等不飽和羧酸酯;順丁烯二酸酐、衣康酸酐、檸康酸酐、順式-1,2,3,4-四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐等不飽和多元羧酸酐等。此外,其他(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體可單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 Examples of other (meth) acrylic monomers include (meth) acrylic acid, (meth) acrylic ω-carboxy polycaprolactone, butenoic acid, α-ethylacrylic acid, α-n-propylacrylic acid, α-n-butyl acrylic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, lemon Unsaturated carboxylic acids such as folic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl benzoic acid; methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid Allyl ester, butyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate , Trimethoxysilylpropyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, -N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, -N (meth) acrylate N-diethylaminoethyl, methoxypolyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, octyloxy polyethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, (methyl (Meth) acrylates such as 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, etc .; α-alkoxy acrylates such as α-methoxymethyl acrylate, α-ethoxy methyl acrylate; methyl butenoate, butene Unsaturated carboxylic acid esters such as ethyl methacrylate, etc .; unsaturated maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, cis-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride Polycarboxylic anhydrides and the like. In addition, other (meth) acrylic monoliths can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.

合成聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯時,每1g含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的環氧基的合計量(莫耳數)較佳為5.0×10-5莫耳/g以上,更佳為1.0×10-4莫耳/g~1.0×10-2莫耳/g,尤佳為5.0×10-4莫耳/g~5.0×10-3莫耳/g。因此,關於(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體(m-1)的使用比例,較佳為以每1g含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的環氧基的合計莫耳數成為所述數值範圍的方式來調整。 When synthesizing poly (meth) acrylate, the total amount (mole number) of epoxy groups per 1 g of epoxy group-containing poly (meth) acrylate is preferably 5.0 × 10 -5 mole / g or more, more preferably 1.0 × 10 -4 mole /g~1.0×10 -2 mole / g, particularly preferably 5.0 × 10 -4 mole /g~5.0×10 -3 mole / g. Therefore, as for the usage ratio of the (meth) acrylic monomer (m-1), it is preferable that the total molar number of epoxy groups per 1 g of the epoxy group-containing poly (meth) acrylate is To adjust the value range.

此外,聚合時,亦可使用(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體以外的其他單體。其他單體例如可列舉:1,3-丁二烯、2-甲基-1,3-丁二烯等共 軛二烯系化合物;苯乙烯、甲基苯乙烯、二乙烯基苯等芳香族乙烯基化合物等。相對於聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的合成中使用的單體的合計,其他單體的使用比例較佳為設為30莫耳%以下,更佳為設為20莫耳%以下。 In addition, during the polymerization, other monomers than the (meth) acrylic monomer may be used. Examples of other monomers include: 1,3-butadiene, 2-methyl-1,3-butadiene, etc. Conjugated diene compounds; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, methylstyrene, and divinylbenzene. The use ratio of the other monomers is preferably 30 mol% or less, and more preferably 20 mol% or less with respect to the total of the monomers used in the synthesis of the poly (meth) acrylate.

使用(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體的聚合反應較佳為藉由自由基聚合而進行。該聚合反應時使用的聚合起始劑可列舉自由基聚合時通常使用的起始劑,例如可列舉:2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)、2,2'-偶氮雙(4-甲氧基-2,4-二甲基戊腈)等偶氮化合物;過氧化苯甲醯、過氧化月桂醯、過氧化三甲基乙酸第三丁酯、1,1'-雙(第三丁基過氧化)環己烷等有機過氧化物;過氧化氫;包含該些過氧化物及還原劑的氧化還原型起始劑等。該些化合物中較佳為偶氮化合物,更佳為2,2'-偶氮雙(異丁腈)。聚合起始劑可將該些化合物單獨使用一種或者將兩種以上組合使用。 The polymerization reaction using a (meth) acrylic monomer is preferably performed by radical polymerization. Examples of the polymerization initiator used in the polymerization reaction include initiators generally used in radical polymerization, and examples thereof include 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile), 2,2'-azobis ( 2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), 2,2'-azobis (4-methoxy-2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) and other azo compounds; benzamidine peroxide, lauryl peroxide醯, organic peroxides such as tributyl peroxy trimethylacetate, 1,1'-bis (third butyl peroxy) cyclohexane; hydrogen peroxide; those containing these peroxides and reducing agents Redox-type initiators and the like. Among these compounds, an azo compound is preferable, and 2,2'-azobis (isobutyronitrile) is more preferable. The polymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more of these compounds.

相對於反應中使用的全部單體100重量份,聚合起始劑的使用比例較佳為設為0.01重量份~50重量份,更佳為設為0.1重量份~40重量份。 The use ratio of the polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight, and more preferably 0.1 to 40 parts by weight, with respect to 100 parts by weight of all the monomers used in the reaction.

(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體的聚合反應較佳為於有機溶媒中進行。該反應中使用的有機溶媒例如可列舉醇、醚、酮、醯胺、酯、烴化合物等。該些化合物中,較佳為使用選自由醇及醚所組成的組群中的至少一種,更佳為使用多元醇的部分醚。作為其較佳具體例,例如可列舉二乙二醇甲基乙醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯等。此外,有機溶媒可將該些化合物單獨使用一種或者將兩種以 上組合使用。 The polymerization of the (meth) acrylic monomer is preferably carried out in an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent used in this reaction include alcohols, ethers, ketones, amidines, esters, and hydrocarbon compounds. Among these compounds, it is preferable to use at least one selected from the group consisting of alcohols and ethers, and it is more preferable to use partial ethers of polyhydric alcohols. Preferred examples thereof include diethylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate. In addition, organic solvents can be used alone or in combination Use in combination.

(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體的聚合反應時,反應溫度較佳為設為30℃~120℃,更佳為設為60℃~110℃。反應時間較佳為設為1小時~36小時,更佳為設為2小時~24小時。另外,有機溶媒的使用量(a)較佳為設為相對於反應溶液的整體量(a+b),反應中使用的單體的合計量(b)成為0.1重量%~50重量%的量。 In the polymerization reaction of the (meth) acrylic monomer, the reaction temperature is preferably 30 ° C to 120 ° C, and more preferably 60 ° C to 110 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 1 hour to 36 hours, and more preferably 2 hours to 24 hours. In addition, the amount (a) of the organic solvent used is preferably an amount of 0.1 to 50% by weight based on the total amount (a + b) of the reaction solution, and the total amount (b) of the monomers used in the reaction .

對藉由所述反應而獲得的含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯,繼而使特定羧酸進行反應。特定羧酸的具體例可應用聚合物(S)的說明。另外,該反應時,可單獨使用特定羧酸,或者亦可併用特定羧酸以外的其他羧酸。 The epoxy group-containing poly (meth) acrylate obtained by the reaction is then reacted with a specific carboxylic acid. Specific examples of the specific carboxylic acid can be applied to the description of the polymer (S). In this reaction, a specific carboxylic acid may be used alone, or a carboxylic acid other than the specific carboxylic acid may be used in combination.

相對於含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯所具有的環氧基的合計1莫耳,與含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行反應的羧酸的使用比例較佳為設為0.001莫耳~0.95莫耳。更佳為0.01莫耳~0.9莫耳,尤佳為設為0.05莫耳~0.8莫耳。 The use ratio of the carboxylic acid to be reacted with the epoxy group-containing poly (meth) acrylate is preferably 1 mole relative to the total epoxy group of the epoxy group-containing poly (meth) acrylate. It is set to 0.001 mol to 0.95 mol. More preferably, it is 0.01 mol to 0.9 mol, and more preferably, it is set to 0.05 mol to 0.8 mol.

含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯與羧酸的反應較佳為於觸媒及有機溶媒的存在下進行。此處,反應中使用的觸媒例如可列舉作為聚合物(S)的合成中可使用的觸媒而例示的化合物。該些化合物中較佳為四級銨鹽。相對於含環氧基的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯100重量份,觸媒的使用量較佳為100重量份以下,更佳為0.01重量份~100重量份以下,尤佳為0.1重量份~20重量份。 The reaction of the epoxy group-containing poly (meth) acrylate with a carboxylic acid is preferably performed in the presence of a catalyst and an organic solvent. Examples of the catalyst used in the reaction include compounds exemplified as the catalyst usable in the synthesis of the polymer (S). Among these compounds, a quaternary ammonium salt is preferable. The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 100 parts by weight or less, more preferably 0.01 to 100 parts by weight, and even more preferably 0.1 parts by weight to 100 parts by weight of the epoxy-containing poly (meth) acrylate. 20 parts by weight.

反應中使用的有機溶媒可應用(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體的聚合時可使用的有機溶媒的例示,其中較佳為酯。該有機溶媒較 佳為以固體成分濃度(反應溶液中的溶媒以外的成分的合計重量相對於溶液的總重量所佔的比例)成為0.1重量%以上的比例來使用,更佳為以成為5重量%~50重量%的比例來使用。反應溫度較佳為設為0℃~200℃,更佳為設為50℃~150℃。反應時間較佳為設為0.1小時~50小時,更佳為設為0.5小時~20小時。 Examples of the organic solvent used in the reaction include organic solvents that can be used in the polymerization of a (meth) acrylic monomer, and an ester is preferred among them. The organic solvent is The solid content concentration (the ratio of the total weight of components other than the solvent in the reaction solution to the total weight of the solution) is preferably used at a ratio of 0.1% by weight or more, and more preferably 5% to 50% by weight. % To use. The reaction temperature is preferably set to 0 ° C to 200 ° C, and more preferably set to 50 ° C to 150 ° C. The reaction time is preferably 0.1 to 50 hours, and more preferably 0.5 to 20 hours.

以所述方式獲得含有作為化合物(X)的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的溶液。該反應溶液可直接提供給液晶配向劑的製備,亦可將反應溶液中所含的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯分離後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備,或者亦可將分離的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯純化後再提供給液晶配向劑的製備。聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的分離及純化可依據公知的方法來進行。 In this way, a solution containing a poly (meth) acrylate as the compound (X) was obtained. The reaction solution can be directly provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the poly (meth) acrylate contained in the reaction solution can be separated and then provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent, or the separated poly (methyl) ) After the acrylate is purified, it is provided to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent. Isolation and purification of poly (meth) acrylate can be performed according to a known method.

此外,作為化合物(X)的聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯的合成方法並不限定於所述方法。例如亦可利用如下方法等而獲得:使具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體、或者該(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體與其他(甲基)丙烯酸系單量體的混合物,於聚合起始劑的存在下進行聚合。 The method of synthesizing the poly (meth) acrylate as the compound (X) is not limited to the method described above. For example, it can also be obtained by a method or the like in which a (meth) acrylic singular body having a partial structure represented by the formula (1) is obtained, or the (meth) acrylic singular body and another (meth) ) A mixture of acrylic monomers is polymerized in the presence of a polymerization initiator.

就不僅使所形成的液晶配向膜的液晶配向性良好,而且確保其液晶配向性的經時穩定性的觀點而言,關於聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯,藉由GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算的數量平均分子量(Mn)較佳為250~500,000,更佳為500~100,000,尤佳為1,000~50,000。 From the viewpoint of not only improving the liquid crystal alignment of the formed liquid crystal alignment film, but also ensuring the stability of the liquid crystal alignment over time, polystyrene is converted to polystyrene in terms of polystyrene by GPC. The number average molecular weight (Mn) is preferably 250 to 500,000, more preferably 500 to 100,000, and even more preferably 1,000 to 50,000.

<其他成分> <Other ingredients>

本發明的液晶配向劑含有如上所述的化合物(X),視需要亦 可含有其他成分。可添加於該液晶配向劑中的其他成分例如可列舉:所述化合物(X)以外的其他聚合物、分子內具有至少一個環氧基的化合物(以下稱為「含環氧基的化合物」)、官能性矽烷化合物、具有光聚合性基的化合物(以下稱為「含光聚合性基的化合物」)、光增感劑等。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains the compound (X) as described above, and if necessary, May contain other ingredients. Examples of other components that can be added to the liquid crystal alignment agent include polymers other than the compound (X) and compounds having at least one epoxy group in the molecule (hereinafter referred to as "epoxy-containing compounds"). , A functional silane compound, a compound having a photopolymerizable group (hereinafter referred to as a "photopolymerizable group-containing compound"), a photosensitizer, and the like.

[其他聚合物] [Other polymers]

所述其他聚合物可為了改善溶液特性或電氣特性而使用。所述其他聚合物為不具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的聚合物,對其主骨架並無特別限定。具體而言,例如可列舉將聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯、聚有機矽氧烷、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖維素衍生物、聚縮醛、聚苯乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等作為主骨架的聚合物。該些聚合物中,較佳為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯亞胺、聚有機矽氧烷、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯及聚醯胺所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物。 The other polymers may be used for improving solution characteristics or electrical characteristics. The other polymer is a polymer that does not have a partial structure represented by the formula (1), and the main skeleton thereof is not particularly limited. Specific examples include derivatives derived from polyamic acid, polyimide, polyamidate, polyorganosiloxane, polyester, polyamine, cellulose derivatives, polyacetal, and polystyrene. Polymers, polymers such as poly (styrene-phenylcis butene diimide) derivatives, poly (meth) acrylates, and the like as main skeletons. Among these polymers, it is preferable to be selected from the group consisting of polyamidic acid, polyamidate, polyamidoimide, polyorganosiloxane, poly (meth) acrylate, and polyamidoamine. At least one polymer.

於將其他聚合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述其他聚合物的調配比例較佳為設為90重量份以下,更佳為設為0.1重量份~80重量份,尤佳為設為0.1重量份~70重量份。 When other polymers are added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the blending ratio of the other polymers is preferably 90 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of the total of the polymers contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. It is more preferably set to 0.1 to 80 parts by weight, and even more preferably set to 0.1 to 70 parts by weight.

[含環氧基的化合物] [Epoxy-containing compound]

含環氧基的化合物可為了提高液晶配向膜的與基板表面的黏接性或電氣特性而使用。如上所述的含環氧基的化合物例如可列 舉乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚乙二醇二縮水甘油醚、丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、三丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、聚丙二醇二縮水甘油醚、新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、1,6-己二醇二縮水甘油醚、甘油二縮水甘油醚、三羥甲基丙烷三縮水甘油醚、2,2-二溴新戊二醇二縮水甘油醚、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-間苯二甲胺、1,3-雙(N,N-二縮水甘油基胺基甲基)環己烷、N,N,N',N'-四縮水甘油基-4,4'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、N,N-二縮水甘油基-苄基胺、N,N-二縮水甘油基-胺基甲基環己烷、N,N-二縮水甘油基-環己基胺等作為較佳者。除此以外,含環氧基的化合物的例子可使用國際公開第2009/096598號記載的含環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷。 The epoxy group-containing compound can be used in order to improve the adhesiveness or electrical characteristics of the liquid crystal alignment film to the substrate surface. The epoxy-containing compound as described above can be listed, for example. Examples include ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polyethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, tripropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, polypropylene glycol diglycidyl ether, neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, 1,6 -Hexanediol diglycidyl ether, glycerol diglycidyl ether, trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether, 2,2-dibromo neopentyl glycol diglycidyl ether, N, N, N ', N'- Tetraglycidyl-m-xylylenediamine, 1,3-bis (N, N-diglycidylaminomethyl) cyclohexane, N, N, N ', N'-tetraglycidyl-4 , 4'-Diaminodiphenylmethane, N, N-diglycidyl-benzylamine, N, N-diglycidyl-aminomethylcyclohexane, N, N-diglycidyl -Cyclohexylamine and the like are preferred. Other examples of the epoxy group-containing compound include an epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane described in International Publication No. 2009/096598.

於將該些環氧化合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述環氧化合物的調配比例較佳為設為40重量份以下,更佳為設為0.1重量份~30重量份。 When these epoxy compounds are added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the blending ratio of the epoxy compound is preferably set to 40 parts by weight relative to 100 parts by weight of the total polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. Hereinafter, it is more preferably set to 0.1 to 30 parts by weight.

[官能性矽烷化合物] [Functional silane compound]

所述官能性矽烷化合物可出於提高液晶配向劑的印刷性的目的而使用。如上所述的官能性矽烷化合物例如可列舉:3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、N-乙氧基羰基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基三伸乙基三胺、 10-三甲氧基矽烷基-1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬基乙酸酯、9-三甲氧基矽烷基-3,6-二氮雜壬酸甲酯、N-苄基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、縮水甘油氧基甲基三甲氧基矽烷、2-縮水甘油氧基乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷等。 The functional silane compound can be used for the purpose of improving the printability of a liquid crystal alignment agent. Examples of the functional silane compound described above include 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 2-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, and 2-amino group. Propyltriethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldi Methoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, N-ethoxycarbonyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-triethyl Oxysilylpropyltriethylene triamine, 10-trimethoxysilyl-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3,6-diazanonyl acetate, 9-trimethoxysilyl-3 Methyl 6,6-diazanonanoate, N-benzyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, glycidyloxymethyltrimethyl Oxysilane, 2-glycidyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and the like.

於將該些官能性矽烷化合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述官能性矽烷化合物的調配比例較佳為設為2重量份以下,更佳為設為0.02重量份~0.2重量份。 When these functional silane compounds are added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the ratio of the functional silane compound to the total amount of the polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent is preferably set to 2 It is more preferably 0.02 parts by weight to 0.2 parts by weight.

[含光聚合性基的化合物] [Photopolymerizable group-containing compound]

於藉由對使用液晶配向劑來形成的塗膜進行光照射而賦予液晶配向能力的情況下,含光聚合性基的化合物可出於提高液晶配向膜的配向限制力的目的而使用。此處,光聚合性基例如可列舉具有聚合性不飽和鍵的基團等,具體而言,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯醯基氧基、苯乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基、乙烯基、亞乙烯基、乙烯基氧基(CH2=CH-O-)、順丁烯二醯亞胺基等。 When the liquid crystal alignment ability is imparted by irradiating a coating film formed using a liquid crystal alignment agent with a light, a compound containing a photopolymerizable group can be used for the purpose of improving the alignment limiting force of the liquid crystal alignment film. Here, examples of the photopolymerizable group include a group having a polymerizable unsaturated bond, and specific examples thereof include (meth) acrylfluorenyloxy, styryl, and (meth) acrylamide Group, vinyl, vinylidene, vinyloxy (CH 2 = CH-O-), maleimide and the like.

就光反應性高的方面而言,所述含光聚合性基的化合物可較佳地使用(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物,具體而言,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄基酯、2-甲氧基乙基(甲基)丙烯酸酯、甲氧基三乙二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯等單官能(甲基)丙烯 酸酯;乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 In terms of high photoreactivity, the photopolymerizable group-containing compound is preferably a (meth) acrylate compound, and specifically, for example, (meth) acrylate, (meth) ) Ethyl acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methoxyethyl (methyl Monofunctional (meth) acrylic acid, such as acrylate, methoxytriethylene glycol (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate Acid esters; ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, polyether (meth) acrylate, ethoxy Polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate and the like.

於將含光聚合性基的化合物添加於液晶配向劑中的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合物的合計100重量份,所述含光聚合性基的化合物的調配比例較佳為設為30重量份以下,更佳為設為1重量份~20重量份。 When the photopolymerizable group-containing compound is added to the liquid crystal alignment agent, the compounding ratio of the photopolymerizable group-containing compound is preferably relative to 100 parts by weight of the total polymer contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. It is 30 parts by weight or less, and more preferably 1 to 20 parts by weight.

[光增感劑] [Photo sensitizer]

光增感劑可使用具有光增感功能的多種化合物。此處,所謂「光增感功能」,是指藉由光的照射而成為單重激發態後,視情況進而產生系間交叉,若與其他分子碰撞,則使對方改變為激發狀態,且自身恢復為基底狀態的功能。作為光增感劑的具體例,例如可列舉下述式(H-1)~式(H-6)分別所表示的化合物等。 As the photosensitizer, various compounds having a photosensitizing function can be used. Here, the so-called "light sensitization function" refers to the fact that, after being irradiated with light, it becomes a singlet excited state, and as a result, an intersystem crossing is generated. If it collides with other molecules, it will change the other party to an excited state and itself The function of returning to the ground state. Specific examples of the photosensitizer include compounds represented by the following formulae (H-1) to (H-6).

Figure TWI676644B_D0047
Figure TWI676644B_D0047

於使用光增感劑的情況下,相對於液晶配向劑中所含的聚合 物100重量份,所述光增感劑的調配比例較佳為設為0.01重量份~50重量份,更佳為設為0.1重量份~20重量份。 In the case of using a photosensitizer, it is compared with the polymerization contained in the liquid crystal alignment agent. 100 parts by weight of the product, the blending ratio of the photosensitizer is preferably set to 0.01 to 50 parts by weight, and more preferably set to 0.1 to 20 parts by weight.

此外,其他成分可使用液晶配向劑的製備中通常使用的添加劑。所述以外的添加劑例如可列舉:分子內具有至少一個氧雜環丁基的化合物、抗氧化劑、界面活性劑、分散劑等。 In addition, for other components, additives generally used in the preparation of liquid crystal alignment agents can be used. Examples of the additives other than the above include compounds having at least one oxetanyl group in the molecule, antioxidants, surfactants, dispersants, and the like.

<溶劑> <Solvent>

本發明的液晶配向劑以所述特定化合物以及視需要使用的其他成分較佳為分散或者溶解於適當的溶媒中而成的液狀組成物的形式製備。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is prepared in the form of a liquid composition in which the specific compound and other components used as necessary are preferably dispersed or dissolved in an appropriate solvent.

所使用的有機溶媒例如可列舉:N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、γ-丁內酯、γ-丁內醯胺、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、4-羥基-4-甲基-2-戊酮、乙二醇單甲醚、乳酸丁酯、乙酸丁酯、甲基甲氧基丙酸酯、乙基乙氧基丙酸酯、乙二醇甲醚、乙二醇乙醚、乙二醇-正丙醚、乙二醇-異丙醚、乙二醇-正丁醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇乙醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、二乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、二乙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、二異丁基酮、丙酸異戊酯、異丁酸異戊酯、二異戊基醚、碳酸伸乙酯、碳酸伸丙酯等。該些有機溶劑可單獨使用或者將兩種以上混合使用。 Examples of the organic solvent used include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, γ-butyrolactone, γ-butyrolactam, N, N-dimethylformamide, and N, N-dimethylformamide. Acetylamine, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl lactate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate Ester, glycol methyl ether, glycol ether, glycol-n-propyl ether, glycol-isopropyl ether, glycol-n-butyl ether (butyl cellosolve), glycol dimethyl ether, ethyl Glycol ether acetate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethyl ether Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diisobutyl ketone, isoamyl propionate, isoamyl isobutyrate, diisoamyl ether, ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate and the like. These organic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

本發明的液晶配向劑可僅含有一種聚合物作為聚合物成分,亦可含有兩種以上的聚合物。含有兩種以上的聚合物的情況下的較佳形態例如可列舉以下的[1]~[3]等。 The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention may contain only one polymer as a polymer component, or may contain two or more polymers. The preferable aspect in the case of containing two or more types of polymers includes the following [1] to [3] and the like.

[1]含有作為化合物(X)的聚合物(以下亦稱為「特定聚合物」)及其他聚合物,且特定聚合物及其他聚合物為選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺中的至少一種的形態。 [1] Containing a polymer (hereinafter also referred to as "specific polymer") and other polymers as compound (X), and the specific polymer and other polymers are selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamic acid ester, A form of at least one of polyimide and polyimide.

[2]含有多種特定聚合物,且該些多種特定聚合物為選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺中的至少一種的形態。 [2] It contains a plurality of specific polymers, and the plurality of specific polymers are in the form of at least one selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyimide, and polyamido.

[3]含有特定聚合物及其他聚合物,且特定聚合物為聚有機矽氧烷,其他聚合物為選自聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯、聚醯亞胺及聚醯胺中的至少一種的形態。 [3] Contains a specific polymer and other polymers, and the specific polymer is polyorganosiloxane, and the other polymers are selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyamidate, polyimide, and polyamido At least one form.

此外,於[1]的形態中推測為:藉由將特定聚合物設為具有氟原子或矽原子的聚合物,則具有氟原子或矽原子的特定聚合物偏在於上層,不具有氟原子及矽原子的其他聚合物偏在於下層,因此可於液晶配向膜中產生聚合物的分佈的偏差。 In addition, in the form of [1], it is presumed that by using a specific polymer as a polymer having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom, the specific polymer having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom is located in the upper layer, and does not have a fluorine atom and Other polymers of silicon atoms are located in the lower layer, so deviations in polymer distribution can be generated in the liquid crystal alignment film.

此外,於使用包含化合物(X)的液晶配向劑的情況下,獲得液晶顯示元件的殘像特性以及對比度特性的改善效果的原因並不確定,作為假設之一,考慮如下。即認為:化合物(X)藉由在所述式(1)所表示的部分結構中,於羰基的α碳及β碳的至少一者、較佳為羰基的α碳上導入一價有機基,則當照射光時,與具有所述式(1)中的R1及R2為氫原子的部分結構(肉桂醯基)的化合物相比,光二聚化反應得到抑制,光異構化反應優先進行。藉此,使用包含化合物(X)的液晶配向劑來形成的液晶配向膜中液晶的配向限制力提高,推測其結果為獲得液晶顯示元件的殘像特性及對比度特性的改善效果。 In addition, when the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the compound (X) is used, the reason for obtaining the effect of improving the afterimage characteristics and the contrast characteristic of the liquid crystal display element is not certain. As one of the hypotheses, consider the following. That is, it is considered that the compound (X) introduces a monovalent organic group into at least one of the α carbon and the β carbon of the carbonyl group, preferably the α carbon of the carbonyl group, in the partial structure represented by the formula (1), when the light is irradiated, and having (1) of the formula in which R 1 and R 2 is a hydrogen atom, a partial structure compound (cinnamyl acyl) as compared to photo-dimerization reaction is suppressed, a priority photoisomerization get on. Thereby, the alignment restricting force of the liquid crystal in the liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent containing the compound (X) is improved. As a result, it is estimated that the effect of improving the afterimage characteristics and contrast characteristics of the liquid crystal display element is obtained.

本發明的液晶配向劑中的固體成分濃度(液晶配向劑的溶媒以外的成分的合計重量在液晶配向劑的總重量中所佔的比例)是考慮到黏性、揮發性等而適當選擇,較佳為1重量%~10重量%的範圍。即,本發明的液晶配向劑藉由以後述方式塗佈於基板表面,較佳為進行加熱,而形成作為液晶配向膜的塗膜或者成為液晶配向膜的塗膜。此時,於固體成分濃度小於1重量%的情況下,塗膜的膜厚變得過小而難以獲得良好的液晶配向膜。另一方面,於固體成分濃度超過10重量%的情況下,塗膜的膜厚變得過大而難以獲得良好的液晶配向膜,另外,存在液晶配向劑的黏性增大而塗佈性下降的傾向。 The solid content concentration (the ratio of the total weight of components other than the solvent of the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent) in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is appropriately selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, and the like. The range is preferably from 1% by weight to 10% by weight. That is, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is applied to the surface of a substrate by a method described later, and preferably is heated to form a coating film as a liquid crystal alignment film or a coating film as a liquid crystal alignment film. At this time, when the solid content concentration is less than 1% by weight, the film thickness of the coating film becomes too small, and it is difficult to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. On the other hand, when the solid content concentration exceeds 10% by weight, the film thickness of the coating film becomes too large, and it is difficult to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film. In addition, there are cases where the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent increases and the coating property decreases. tendency.

特佳的固體成分濃度的範圍根據於基板塗佈液晶配向劑時使用的方法而不同。例如於使用旋轉器法的情況下,固體成分濃度(液晶配向劑中的溶媒以外的所有成分的合計重量在液晶配向劑的總重量中所佔的比例)為1.5重量%~4.5重量%的範圍。於利用印刷法的情況下,特佳為將固體成分濃度設為3重量%~9重量%的範圍,藉此將溶液黏度設為12mPa.s~50mPa.s的範圍。於利用噴墨法的情況下,特佳為將固體成分濃度設為1重量%~5重量%的範圍,藉此,將溶液黏度設為3mPa.s~15mPa.s的範圍。製備本發明的液晶配向劑時的溫度較佳為10℃~50℃,更佳為20℃~30℃。 A particularly preferable range of the solid content concentration varies depending on a method used when the substrate is coated with a liquid crystal alignment agent. For example, when the spinner method is used, the solid content concentration (the ratio of the total weight of all components except the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent to the total weight of the liquid crystal alignment agent) is in the range of 1.5% to 4.5% by weight . In the case of using the printing method, it is particularly preferable to set the solid content concentration to a range of 3% to 9% by weight, thereby setting the solution viscosity to 12 mPa. s ~ 50mPa. The range of s. In the case of using the inkjet method, it is particularly preferable to set the solid content concentration to a range of 1% to 5% by weight, thereby setting the solution viscosity to 3 mPa. s ~ 15mPa. The range of s. The temperature when preparing the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is preferably 10 ° C to 50 ° C, and more preferably 20 ° C to 30 ° C.

<液晶配向膜以及液晶顯示元件> <Liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element>

可藉由使用所述說明的本發明的液晶配向劑來製造液晶配向 膜。另外,本發明的液晶顯示元件包括使用所述液晶配向劑來形成的液晶配向膜。本發明的液晶顯示元件的動作模式並無特別限定,例如可應用於TN型、STN型、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)型(包括垂直配向-多域垂直配向(Vertical Alignment-Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,VA-MVA)型、垂直配向-圖案垂直配向(Vertical Alignment-Patterned Vertical Alignment,VA-PVA)型等)、共面切換(In-Plane Switching,IPS)型、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)型、光學補償彎曲(Optically Compensatory Bend,OCB)型等多種動作模式。 Liquid crystal alignment can be produced by using the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention described above membrane. The liquid crystal display element of the present invention includes a liquid crystal alignment film formed using the liquid crystal alignment agent. The operation mode of the liquid crystal display element of the present invention is not particularly limited, and it can be applied to, for example, TN type, STN type, and Vertical Alignment (VA) type (including Vertical Alignment-Multi-domain Vertical) Alignment (VA-MVA) type, Vertical Alignment-Patterned Vertical Alignment (VA-PVA) type, etc.), In-Plane Switching (IPS) type, Fringe Field Switching , FFS) type, Optically Compensatory Bend (OCB) type and other action modes.

本發明的液晶顯示元件例如可藉由包含以下的步驟(1-1)~步驟(1-3)的步驟來製造。步驟(1-1)根據所需的動作模式而使用不同的基板。步驟(1-2)及步驟(1-3)於各動作模式中共用。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be produced by, for example, a step including the following steps (1-1) to (1-3). Step (1-1) uses different substrates depending on the required operation mode. Steps (1-2) and (1-3) are shared in each operation mode.

[步驟(1-1):塗膜的形成] [Step (1-1): Formation of Coating Film]

首先,於基板上塗佈本發明的液晶配向劑,繼而,對塗佈面進行加熱,藉此於基板上形成塗膜。 First, the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is coated on a substrate, and then the coated surface is heated to form a coating film on the substrate.

(1-1A)於製造例如TN型、STN型或VA型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,首先,將設置有經圖案化的透明導電膜的兩塊基板作為一對,於所述基板的各透明性導電膜形成面上,較佳為利用平版印刷法、旋轉塗佈法、輥塗佈機法或者噴墨印刷法來分別塗佈本發明的液晶配向劑。基板例如可使用:浮法玻璃、鈉玻璃等玻璃;包含聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚醚碸、 聚碳酸酯、聚(脂環式烯烴)等塑膠的透明基板。設置於基板的一面的透明導電膜可使用:包含氧化錫(SnO2)的奈塞(NESA)膜(美國PPG公司註冊商標)、包含氧化銦-氧化錫(In2O3-SnO2)的氧化銦錫(Indium Tin Oxide,ITO)膜等。為了獲得經圖案化的透明導電膜,例如可利用以下方法:形成無圖案的透明導電膜後,藉由光.蝕刻而形成圖案的方法;形成透明導電膜時使用具有所需圖案的遮罩的方法等。塗佈液晶配向劑時,為了使基板表面以及透明導電膜與塗膜的黏接性更良好,亦可對基板表面中形成塗膜的面,實施預先塗佈官能性矽烷化合物、官能性鈦化合物等的預處理。 (1-1A) In the case of manufacturing a TN type, STN type, or VA type liquid crystal display element, first, two substrates provided with a patterned transparent conductive film are used as a pair, and The transparent conductive film formation surface is preferably coated with the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention by a lithographic method, a spin coating method, a roll coater method, or an inkjet printing method, respectively. For the substrate, for example, glass such as float glass and soda glass; plastics including polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether, polycarbonate, and poly (alicyclic olefin) can be used. Transparent substrate. The transparent conductive film is provided on one surface of the substrate may be used: containing tin oxide (SnO 2) of Naisai (a NESA) film (trademark of PPG Corporation), indium oxide - tin oxide (In 2 O 3 -SnO 2) of Indium tin oxide (ITO) film and the like. In order to obtain a patterned transparent conductive film, for example, the following method may be used: After forming a transparent conductive film without a pattern, light is used. A method of forming a pattern by etching; a method of forming a transparent conductive film using a mask having a desired pattern; and the like. When the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, in order to improve the adhesion between the substrate surface and the transparent conductive film and the coating film, the surface on which the coating film is formed may be coated with a functional silane compound or a functional titanium compound in advance. And so on.

塗佈液晶配向劑後,出於防止所塗佈的液晶配向劑的流掛等目的,較佳為實施預加熱(預烘烤)。預烘烤溫度較佳為30℃~200℃,更佳為40℃~150℃,特佳為40~100℃。預烘烤時間較佳為0.25分鐘~10分鐘,更佳為0.5分鐘~5分鐘。然後,將溶劑完全去除,視需要出於將存在於聚合物中的醯胺酸結構進行熱醯亞胺化的目的而實施煅燒(後烘烤)步驟。此時的煅燒溫度(後烘烤溫度)較佳為80℃~300℃,更佳為120℃~250℃。後烘烤時間較佳為5分鐘~200分鐘,更佳為10分鐘~100分鐘。以所述方式形成的膜的膜厚較佳為0.001μm~1μm,更佳為0.005μm~0.5μm。 After the liquid crystal alignment agent is applied, it is preferable to perform preheating (prebaking) for the purpose of preventing the applied liquid crystal alignment agent from sagging or the like. The pre-baking temperature is preferably 30 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably 40 ° C to 150 ° C, and particularly preferably 40 to 100 ° C. The pre-baking time is preferably 0.25 minutes to 10 minutes, and more preferably 0.5 minutes to 5 minutes. Then, the solvent is completely removed, and if necessary, a calcination (post-baking) step is performed for the purpose of subjecting the ammonium acid structure present in the polymer to thermal ammonization. The calcination temperature (post-baking temperature) at this time is preferably 80 ° C to 300 ° C, and more preferably 120 ° C to 250 ° C. The post-baking time is preferably 5 minutes to 200 minutes, and more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes. The film thickness of the film formed in this manner is preferably 0.001 μm to 1 μm, and more preferably 0.005 μm to 0.5 μm.

(1-1B)於製造IPS型或FFS型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,於設置有如下電極的基板的電極形成面、與未設置電極的對 向基板的一面,分別塗佈本發明的液晶配向劑,繼而,對各塗佈面進行加熱,藉此形成塗膜,所述電極包含經圖案化為梳齒型的透明導電膜或者金屬膜。關於此時所使用的基板及透明導電膜的材質、塗佈方法、塗佈後的加熱條件、透明導電膜或者金屬膜的圖案化方法、基板的預處理、以及所形成的塗膜的較佳膜厚,與所述(1-1A)相同。金屬膜例如可使用包含鉻等金屬的膜。 (1-1B) In the case of manufacturing an IPS-type or FFS-type liquid crystal display element, the electrode formation surface of a substrate provided with the following electrodes, and The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention is coated on one side of the substrate, and then each coated surface is heated to form a coating film. The electrode includes a transparent conductive film or a metal film patterned into a comb-tooth shape. Regarding the material, coating method, heating conditions after coating, the patterning method of the transparent conductive film or metal film, the substrate pretreatment, and the preferred coating film, the materials of the substrate and the transparent conductive film used at this time The film thickness is the same as that of (1-1A). As the metal film, for example, a film containing a metal such as chromium can be used.

於所述(1-1A)及(1-1B)的任一種情況下,均藉由在基板上塗佈液晶配向劑後,去除有機溶媒而形成液晶配向膜或者成為液晶配向膜的塗膜。此時,亦可藉由在塗膜形成後進一步加熱,而使調配於本發明的液晶配向劑中的聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺進行脫水閉環反應,形成經進一步醯亞胺化的塗膜。 In any of the cases (1-1A) and (1-1B), after the liquid crystal alignment agent is coated on the substrate, the organic solvent is removed to form a liquid crystal alignment film or a coating film that becomes a liquid crystal alignment film. At this time, the polyamidic acid, the polyamidate and the polyamidoimide prepared in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention can be further heated after the coating film is formed to perform a dehydration ring-closing reaction to form a further compound.醯 imidized coating.

[步驟(1-2):配向能力賦予處理] [Step (1-2): Alignment Capability Provisioning Process]

於製造TN型、STN型、IPS型或FFS型的液晶顯示元件的情況下,實施對所述步驟(1-1)中形成的塗膜賦予液晶配向能力的處理。藉此,液晶分子的配向能力被賦予至塗膜而成為液晶配向膜。配向能力賦予處理例如可列舉:利用捲繞有包含尼龍、嫘縈、棉等纖維的布的輥,將塗膜向一定方向擦拭的摩擦處理;對塗膜照射偏光或非偏光的放射線的光配向處理等。另一方面,於製造VA型液晶顯示元件的情況下,可將所述步驟(1-1)中形成的塗膜直接用作液晶配向膜,亦可對該塗膜實施配向能力賦予處理。 When manufacturing a TN-type, STN-type, IPS-type, or FFS-type liquid crystal display element, a process of imparting a liquid crystal alignment ability to the coating film formed in the step (1-1) is performed. Thereby, the alignment ability of a liquid crystal molecule is given to a coating film, and it becomes a liquid crystal alignment film. Examples of the alignment ability imparting process include: rubbing treatment in which a coating film is rubbed in a certain direction by a roller wound with a cloth containing fibers such as nylon, rayon, and cotton; and optical alignment of the coating film with polarized or non-polarized radiation Processing, etc. On the other hand, in the case of manufacturing a VA-type liquid crystal display element, the coating film formed in the step (1-1) may be directly used as a liquid crystal alignment film, and an alignment ability imparting treatment may be performed on the coating film.

光配向處理中的光照射可利用以下方法來獲得:[1]對後 烘烤步驟後的塗膜進行照射的方法;[2]對預烘烤步驟後且後烘烤步驟前的塗膜進行照射的方法;[3]於預烘烤步驟及後烘烤步驟的至少任一步驟中,於塗膜的加熱中對塗膜進行照射的方法等。該些方法中,就液晶顯示元件的殘像特性以及對比度特性的改善效果高的方面而言,較佳為利用[2]的方法。 The light irradiation in the photo-alignment process can be obtained by the following methods: [1] After The method of irradiating the coating film after the baking step; [2] The method of irradiating the coating film after the pre-baking step and before the post-baking step; [3] at least the pre-baking step and the post-baking step In either step, a method of irradiating the coating film while heating the coating film, and the like. Among these methods, the method using [2] is preferable in terms of the high effect of improving the afterimage characteristics and contrast characteristics of the liquid crystal display element.

對塗膜照射的放射線例如可使用包含150nm~800nm波長的光的紫外線以及可見光線。於放射線為偏光的情況下,可為直線偏光,亦可為部分偏光。另外,於所使用的放射線為直線偏光或者部分偏光的情況下,可自與基板面垂直的方向進行照射,亦可自傾斜方向進行,或者亦可將該些照射組合進行。於照射非偏光的放射線的情況下,照射的方向設為傾斜方向。 As the radiation irradiating the coating film, for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays including light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm can be used. When the radiation is polarized, it may be linearly polarized or partially polarized. In addition, when the radiation used is linearly polarized or partially polarized, irradiation may be performed from a direction perpendicular to the substrate surface, or from an oblique direction, or a combination of these irradiations may be performed. In the case of irradiating the non-polarized light, the direction of the irradiation is an oblique direction.

所使用的光源例如可使用低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、氘燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氬共振燈、氙燈、準分子雷射等。較佳的波長區域的紫外線可藉由將光源與例如濾光器、繞射光柵等併用的方法等來獲得。放射線的照射量較佳為100J/m2~50,000J/m2,更佳為300J/m2~20,000J/m2。另外,為了提高反應性,亦可一邊對塗膜加溫,一邊對塗膜進行光照射。加溫時的溫度通常為30℃~250℃,較佳為40℃~200℃,更佳為50℃~150℃。 The light source used may be, for example, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a deuterium lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser, and the like. Ultraviolet rays in a preferable wavelength region can be obtained by a method in which a light source is used in combination with, for example, a filter, a diffraction grating, and the like. Radiation irradiation amount is preferably 100J / m 2 ~ 50,000J / m 2, more preferably 300J / m 2 ~ 20,000J / m 2. In addition, in order to improve the reactivity, the coating film may be irradiated with light while being heated. The temperature during heating is usually 30 ° C to 250 ° C, preferably 40 ° C to 200 ° C, and more preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C.

此外,亦可對摩擦處理後的液晶配向膜進一步進行以下處理而使液晶配向膜在每個區域具有不同的液晶配向能力:藉由對液晶配向膜的一部分照射紫外線而使液晶配向膜的一部分區域的預傾角變化的處理;或於液晶配向膜表面的一部分形成抗蝕劑 膜後,在與剛才的摩擦處理不同的方向進行摩擦處理後,去除抗蝕劑膜的處理。該情況下,可改善所獲得的液晶顯示元件的視野特性。適合於VA型液晶顯示元件的液晶配向膜亦可適合用於聚合物穩定配向(Polymer sustained alignment,PSA)型液晶顯示元件。 In addition, the liquid crystal alignment film after the rubbing treatment may be further processed to make the liquid crystal alignment film have a different liquid crystal alignment ability in each region: a part of the liquid crystal alignment film is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to a part of the liquid crystal alignment film. Treatment of changing the pretilt angle; or forming a resist on a part of the surface of the liquid crystal alignment film After the film, a rubbing treatment is performed in a direction different from the rubbing treatment just before, and then the resist film is removed. In this case, the visual field characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved. A liquid crystal alignment film suitable for a VA type liquid crystal display element can also be used suitably for a polymer sustained alignment (PSA) type liquid crystal display element.

[步驟(1-3):液晶單元的構築] [Step (1-3): Construction of liquid crystal cell]

(1-3A)藉由準備以所述方式形成有液晶配向膜的兩塊基板,於對向配置的兩塊基板間配置液晶來製造液晶單元。為了製造液晶單元,例如可列舉以下兩種方法。第一方法為先前已知的方法。首先,以各個液晶配向膜對向的方式經由間隙(單元間隙)而使兩塊基板對向配置,使用密封劑將兩塊基板的周邊部貼合,於由基板表面及密封劑所劃分的單元間隙內注入填充液晶後,將注入孔密封,藉此製造液晶單元。第二方法為被稱為液晶滴注(One Drop Fill,ODF)方式的方法。於形成有液晶配向膜的兩塊基板中的其中一塊基板上的既定部位,塗佈例如紫外光硬化性的密封劑,進而於液晶配向膜面上的既定的數個部位滴加液晶後,以液晶配向膜對向的方式貼合另一塊基板,並且使液晶於基板的整個面上鋪開,繼而,對基板的整個面照射紫外光而使密封劑硬化,藉此製造液晶單元。於利用任一種方法的情況下,理想為對於以所述方式製造的液晶單元,進而加熱至所使用的液晶取得各向同性相的溫度後,緩緩冷卻至室溫,藉此去除液晶填充時的流動配向。 (1-3A) A liquid crystal cell is produced by preparing two substrates on which a liquid crystal alignment film is formed in the manner described above, and arranging liquid crystal between the two substrates disposed opposite to each other. In order to manufacture a liquid crystal cell, the following two methods are mentioned, for example. The first method is a previously known method. First, two substrates are arranged to face each other through a gap (cell gap) so that the liquid crystal alignment films face each other, and the peripheral portions of the two substrates are bonded together with a sealant, and the cells are divided by the substrate surface and the sealant. After the liquid crystal is injected into the gap, the injection hole is sealed to manufacture a liquid crystal cell. The second method is a method called a One Drop Fill (ODF) method. A predetermined portion of one of the two substrates on which the liquid crystal alignment film is formed is coated with, for example, a UV-curable sealant, and the liquid crystal is added dropwise to predetermined locations on the liquid crystal alignment film. The liquid crystal alignment film is bonded to another substrate in a facing manner, and the liquid crystal is spread on the entire surface of the substrate. Then, the entire surface of the substrate is irradiated with ultraviolet light to harden the sealant, thereby manufacturing a liquid crystal cell. In the case of using any of the methods, it is preferable that the liquid crystal cell manufactured as described above is further heated to a temperature at which the used liquid crystal obtains an isotropic phase, and then cooled to room temperature gradually, thereby removing the liquid crystal filling. Mobile alignment.

密封劑例如可使用含有硬化劑以及作為間隔物的氧化 鋁球的環氧樹脂等。 As the sealant, for example, a hardening agent and oxidation as a spacer can be used. Aluminum ball of epoxy resin, etc.

液晶可列舉向列液晶以及碟狀液晶,其中較佳為向列液晶,例如可使用:希夫鹼(Schiff base)系液晶、氧化偶氮(azoxy)系液晶、聯苯系液晶、苯基環己烷系液晶、酯系液晶、聯三苯系液晶、聯苯環己烷系液晶、嘧啶系液晶、二噁烷系液晶、雙環辛烷系液晶、立方烷(cubane)系液晶等。另外,亦可於該些液晶中添加以下物質來使用:例如氯化膽甾醇(cholesteryl chloride)、膽甾醇壬酸酯(cholesteryl nonanoate)、碳酸膽甾烯基酯等膽固醇型液晶;以商品名「C-15」、「CB-15」(默克(Merck)公司製造)來銷售的手性劑;對癸氧基苯亞甲基-對胺基-2-甲基丁基肉桂酸酯等鐵電液晶等。 Examples of the liquid crystal include nematic liquid crystals and dish liquid crystals. Among them, nematic liquid crystals are preferred. For example, Schiff base liquid crystals, azoxy liquid crystals, biphenyl liquid crystals, and phenyl rings can be used. Hexane-based liquid crystals, ester-based liquid crystals, bitriphenyl-based liquid crystals, biphenylcyclohexane-based liquid crystals, pyrimidine-based liquid crystals, dioxane-based liquid crystals, bicyclooctane-based liquid crystals, cubic-based liquid crystals, and the like. In addition, these liquid crystals can also be used by adding the following substances: for example, cholesterol-type liquid crystals such as cholesteryl chloride, cholesteryl nonanoate, and cholesteryl carbonate; "C-15", "CB-15" (manufactured by Merck), chiral agents sold; iron such as p-decyloxymethylene-p-amino-2-methylbutyl cinnamate Electric liquid crystal and so on.

(1-3B)於製造PSA型液晶顯示元件的情況下,除了與液晶一併注入或滴加光聚合性化合物的方面以外,以與所述(1-3A)相同的方式構築液晶單元。然後,於對一對基板所具有的導電膜間施加電壓的狀態下對液晶單元進行光照射。此處施加的電壓例如可設為5V~50V的直流或交流。另外,作為照射的光,例如可使用包含150nm~800nm波長的光的紫外線以及可見光線,較佳為包含300nm~400nm波長的光的紫外線。照射光的光源例如可使用低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、氘燈、金屬鹵化物燈、氬共振燈、氙燈、準分子雷射等。此外,所述的較佳波長區域的紫外線可藉由將光源與濾光器、繞射光柵等併用的方法等而獲得。光的照射量較佳為1,000J/m2以上且小於200,000J/m2,更佳 為1,000J/m2~100,000J/m2(1-3B) In the case of manufacturing a PSA type liquid crystal display element, a liquid crystal cell is constructed in the same manner as described in (1-3A) except that a photopolymerizable compound is injected or dropped together with the liquid crystal. Then, the liquid crystal cell is irradiated with light while a voltage is applied between the conductive films included in the pair of substrates. The voltage applied here can be, for example, 5V to 50V DC or AC. In addition, as the irradiated light, for example, ultraviolet rays including light having a wavelength of 150 to 800 nm and visible rays can be used, and ultraviolet rays including light having a wavelength of 300 to 400 nm are preferable. As a light source of the irradiation light, for example, a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a deuterium lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser, and the like can be used. In addition, the ultraviolet rays in the preferable wavelength region can be obtained by a method in which a light source is used in combination with a filter, a diffraction grating, and the like. The light irradiation amount is preferably 1,000 J / m 2 or more and less than 200,000 J / m 2 , and more preferably 1,000 J / m 2 to 100,000 J / m 2 .

(1-3C)於使用包含具有光聚合性基的化合物(聚合物或者添加劑)的液晶配向劑而於基板上形成塗膜的情況下,亦可採用如下方法:以與所述(1-3A)相同的方式構築液晶單元,然後,藉由經過於對一對基板所具有的導電膜間施加電壓的狀態下對液晶單元進行光照射的步驟,來製造液晶顯示元件。依據該方法,則可以少的光照射量來實現PSA模式的優點。所施加的電壓、或所照射的光的條件可應用所述(1-3B)的說明。 (1-3C) In the case where a coating film is formed on a substrate using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing a compound (polymer or additive) having a photopolymerizable group, the following method may be adopted: ) A liquid crystal cell is constructed in the same manner, and a liquid crystal display element is manufactured by subjecting the liquid crystal cell to light irradiation in a state where a voltage is applied between the conductive films provided on a pair of substrates. According to this method, the advantages of the PSA mode can be realized with a small amount of light irradiation. The description of (1-3B) can be applied to the applied voltage or the conditions of the applied light.

接著,可藉由在液晶單元的外側表面貼合偏光板而獲得本發明的液晶顯示元件。貼合於液晶單元的外表面的偏光板可列舉:以乙酸纖維素保護膜夾持被稱為「H膜」的偏光膜的偏光板或者包含H膜其本身的偏光板,所述「H膜」是使聚乙烯醇一邊延伸配向一邊吸收碘而成。 Next, a liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be obtained by laminating a polarizing plate on the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell. Examples of the polarizing plate attached to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell include a polarizing plate sandwiching a polarizing film called "H film" with a cellulose acetate protective film or a polarizing plate including the H film itself. "It is made by absorbing iodine while extending the orientation of polyvinyl alcohol.

本發明的液晶顯示元件可有效地應用於多種裝置,例如可用於:鐘錶、可攜型遊戲機、文字處理器、筆記型個人電腦、汽車導航、攝錄機、個人數位助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、數位攝影機(digital camera)、行動電話、智慧型手機、各種監視器、液晶電視、信息顯示器等各種顯示裝置。 The liquid crystal display element of the present invention can be effectively applied to a variety of devices, such as: clocks, portable game consoles, word processors, notebook personal computers, car navigation, camcorders, and personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, Various display devices such as PDA), digital cameras, mobile phones, smart phones, various monitors, LCD televisions, and information displays.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,藉由實施例,對本發明進一步進行具體說明,但本發明並不限定於該些實施例。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail through examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.

以下的例中,利用以下方法來測定聚合物的重量平均分 子量Mw以及環氧當量。此外,以下有時將式A所表示的化合物僅表示為「化合物A」。 In the following examples, the weight average score of a polymer was measured by the following method Sub-quantity Mw and epoxy equivalent. In addition, the compound represented by Formula A may be represented only as "compound A" below.

[聚合物的重量平均分子量Mw] [Polymer average molecular weight Mw]

Mw是藉由以下條件下的GPC來測定的聚苯乙烯換算值。 Mw is a polystyrene conversion value measured by GPC under the following conditions.

管柱:東曹(Tosoh)(股)製造,TSKgelGRCXLII Column: Made by Tosoh, TSKgelGRCXLII

溶劑:四氫呋喃 Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran

溫度:40℃ Temperature: 40 ° C

壓力:68k gf/cm2 Pressure: 68k gf / cm 2

[環氧當量] [Epoxy equivalent]

環氧當量是利用JIS C 2105中記載的鹽酸-甲基乙基酮法來測定。 The epoxy equivalent is measured by the hydrochloric acid-methyl ethyl ketone method described in JIS C 2105.

<化合物的合成> <Synthesis of Compound>

[實施例1-1:化合物(b-1)的合成] [Example 1-1: Synthesis of compound (b-1)]

依據下述流程1來合成化合物(b-1)。 Compound (b-1) was synthesized according to the following scheme 1.

Figure TWI676644B_D0048
Figure TWI676644B_D0048

使9.6g的4-硝基苯甲醛與15.0g的甲基丙二酸溶解於100ml的吡啶中,向其中添加12.5ml的哌啶,然後於80℃下攪拌5小時。將反應液放置冷卻至室溫後,添加100ml的乙酸乙酯,繼而添加100ml的鹽酸,將其分液。將純水再次分液後,將其濃縮,以純度99%獲得10.5g的作為白色固體的中間體(b-1-1)。 9.6 g of 4-nitrobenzaldehyde and 15.0 g of methylmalonic acid were dissolved in 100 ml of pyridine, 12.5 ml of piperidine was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 5 hours. After the reaction solution was left to cool to room temperature, 100 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and then 100 ml of hydrochloric acid was added to separate the liquid. After pure water was separated again, it was concentrated to obtain 10.5 g of an intermediate (b-1-1) as a white solid with a purity of 99%.

將所獲得的10g中間體(b-1-1)添加於30ml的亞硫醯氯中,添加觸媒量的N,N-二甲基甲醯胺,然後於80℃下攪拌1小時。將反應液濃縮,將殘留物溶解於100ml的四氫呋喃中。將該溶液作為反應液(A)。將9.4g的4-羥基-4'-硝基聯苯與8.9g的三乙基胺添加於60ml的四氫呋喃中,將其冷卻至0℃,攪拌5分鐘。繼而,緩慢滴加反應液(A)。滴加結束後,於室溫下攪拌4小時,使反應完結。加入300ml的乙酸乙酯以及100ml的四氫呋喃(tetrahydrofuran,THF),將本溶液以鹽酸、碳酸鈉水溶液、純水進行分液後,將其濃縮,以純度99%獲得19.0g的作為白色固體的中間體(b-1-2)。 10 g of the obtained intermediate (b-1-1) was added to 30 ml of thionyl chloride, and a catalytic amount of N, N-dimethylformamide was added, followed by stirring at 80 ° C for 1 hour. The reaction solution was concentrated, and the residue was dissolved in 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran. This solution was used as a reaction liquid (A). 9.4 g of 4-hydroxy-4'-nitrobiphenyl and 8.9 g of triethylamine were added to 60 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and the mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and stirred for 5 minutes. Then, the reaction solution (A) was slowly added dropwise. After the dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours to complete the reaction. 300 ml of ethyl acetate and 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF) were added, and the solution was separated with hydrochloric acid, an aqueous sodium carbonate solution, and pure water, and then concentrated to obtain 19.0 g of a white solid intermediate with a purity of 99%. Body (b-1-2).

繼而,將18.0g的中間體(b-1-2)與14.5g的鋅粉末添加於150ml的四氫呋喃中,進而添加5.4g的乙酸。然後,於60℃下攪拌5小時。將反應液放置冷卻至室溫後,添加150ml的乙酸乙酯,以純水進行分液後,將其濃縮,以純度99%獲得13.5g的作為黃色固體的化合物(b-1)。 Next, 18.0 g of the intermediate (b-1-2) and 14.5 g of zinc powder were added to 150 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and 5.4 g of acetic acid was further added. Then, it stirred at 60 degreeC for 5 hours. After the reaction solution was left to cool to room temperature, 150 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the mixture was separated with pure water. The solution was concentrated to obtain 13.5 g of a compound (b-1) as a yellow solid with 99% purity.

[實施例1-2:化合物(b-2)的合成] [Example 1-2: Synthesis of Compound (b-2)]

除了於實施例1-1的流程1的第二階段,將4-羥基-4'-硝基聯 苯變更為4-硝基苯酚以外,利用與實施例1-1相同的方法來合成,獲得化合物(b-2)。 Except for the second stage of Scheme 1 of Example 1-1, 4-hydroxy-4'-nitro A compound (b-2) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that benzene was changed to 4-nitrophenol.

[實施例1-3:化合物(b-3)的合成] [Example 1-3: Synthesis of compound (b-3)]

除了於實施例1-1的流程1的第二階段,將4-羥基-4'-硝基聯苯變更為4-胺基-4'-硝基聯苯以外,利用與實施例1-1相同的方法來合成,獲得化合物(b-3)。 Except that in the second stage of Scheme 1 of Example 1-1, 4-hydroxy-4'-nitrobiphenyl was changed to 4-amino-4'-nitrobiphenyl. It was synthesized by the same method to obtain compound (b-3).

[實施例1-4:化合物(g-1)的合成] [Example 1-4: Synthesis of compound (g-1)]

除了於實施例1-1的流程1的第一階段,將4-硝基苯甲醛變更為4-苯基苯甲醛以外,進行與流程1的第一階段相同的操作,以一個階段獲得化合物(g-1)。 Except for changing 4-nitrobenzaldehyde to 4-phenylbenzaldehyde in the first stage of Scheme 1 of Example 1-1, the same operation as in the first stage of Scheme 1 was performed to obtain the compound in one stage ( g-1).

[實施例1-5:化合物(b-27)的合成] [Example 1-5: Synthesis of compound (b-27)]

除了於實施例1-1的流程1的第二階段,將4-羥基-4'-硝基聯苯變更為2-甲基-4-硝基苯胺以外,利用與實施例1-1相同的方法來合成,獲得化合物(b-27)。 The same procedure as in Example 1-1 was used except that 4-hydroxy-4'-nitrobiphenyl was changed to 2-methyl-4-nitroaniline in the second stage of Scheme 1 of Example 1-1. Method to synthesize to obtain compound (b-27).

[實施例1-6:化合物(t-5)的合成] [Example 1-6: Synthesis of compound (t-5)]

依據下述流程2來合成化合物(t-5)。 Compound (t-5) was synthesized according to the following scheme 2.

[化52]

Figure TWI676644B_D0049
[Chemical 52]
Figure TWI676644B_D0049

使5.0g的哌嗪與12.3g的三乙基胺溶解於100ml的四氫呋喃中,將其冷卻至0℃,攪拌5分鐘。向其中,緩慢地滴加將12.1g的甲基丙烯醯氯添加於100ml的四氫呋喃中而成的溶液。滴加結束後,於室溫下攪拌4小時,使反應完結。加入300ml的乙酸乙酯,將本溶液以鹽酸、碳酸鈉水溶液、純水進行分液後,將其濃縮,以純度99%獲得11.6g的作為白色固體的中間體(t-5-1)。 5.0 g of piperazine and 12.3 g of triethylamine were dissolved in 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and the mixture was cooled to 0 ° C and stirred for 5 minutes. To this, a solution prepared by adding 12.1 g of methacrylic acid chloride to 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran was slowly added dropwise. After the dropwise addition was completed, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours to complete the reaction. 300 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the solution was separated with hydrochloric acid, sodium carbonate aqueous solution, and pure water, and then concentrated to obtain 11.6 g of an intermediate (t-5-1) as a white solid with a purity of 99%.

將10g的所獲得的中間體(t-5-1)、22.0g的4-溴鄰苯二甲酸、1.0g的乙酸鈀、2.7g的三(鄰甲苯基)膦、以及36.4g的三乙基胺添加於120ml的N,N-二甲基乙醯胺中。然後,於60℃下攪拌6小時。將反應液放置冷卻至室溫後,添加300ml的乙酸乙酯,將本溶液以純水進行分液。向所獲得的水層中添加鹽酸而形成酸性水溶液後,添加乙酸乙酯進行分液。最後,將有機層以純水進行分液後,將其濃縮,以純度99%獲得20.0g的作為淡黃色固體的中間體(t-5-2)。 10 g of the obtained intermediate (t-5-1), 22.0 g of 4-bromophthalic acid, 1.0 g of palladium acetate, 2.7 g of tri (o-tolyl) phosphine, and 36.4 g of triethyl The base amine was added to 120 ml of N, N-dimethylacetamide. Then, it stirred at 60 degreeC for 6 hours. After the reaction solution was left to cool to room temperature, 300 ml of ethyl acetate was added, and the solution was separated with pure water. Hydrochloric acid was added to the obtained aqueous layer to form an acidic aqueous solution, and then ethyl acetate was added for liquid separation. Finally, the organic layer was separated with pure water and concentrated to obtain 20.0 g of an intermediate (t-5-2) as a pale yellow solid with a purity of 99%.

繼而,將18.0g的中間體(t-5-2)添加於100ml的乙酸酐中。然後,於60℃下攪拌12小時。將反應液放置冷卻至室溫後,將析出的固體進行過濾,以己烷洗滌後進行乾燥,以純度99%獲得15.5g的作為淡黃色固體的化合物(t-5)。 Then, 18.0 g of the intermediate (t-5-2) was added to 100 ml of acetic anhydride. Then, it stirred at 60 degreeC for 12 hours. After the reaction solution was left to cool to room temperature, the precipitated solid was filtered, washed with hexane, and dried to obtain 15.5 g of a compound (t-5) as a pale yellow solid with a purity of 99%.

<聚合物的合成> <Synthesis of Polymer>

[實施例2-1:聚合物(A-1)的合成] [Example 2-1: Synthesis of Polymer (A-1)]

將作為四羧酸二酐的100莫耳份的所述式(a-1)所表示的化合物、以及作為二胺的100莫耳份的化合物(b-1)溶解於N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone,NMP)中,於60℃下進行6小時反應,獲得含有20重量%的聚醯胺酸的溶液。所獲得的聚醯胺酸(聚合物(A-1))的重量平均分子量Mw為45,000。 100 mol parts of the compound represented by the formula (a-1) as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride and 100 mol parts of the compound (b-1) as a diamine were dissolved in N-methyl-2 -Pyrrolidone (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, NMP) was reacted at 60 ° C for 6 hours to obtain a solution containing 20% by weight of polyamic acid. The weight average molecular weight Mw of the obtained polyamic acid (polymer (A-1)) was 45,000.

[實施例2-2~實施例2-9以及合成例1~合成例3] [Example 2-2 to Example 2-9 and Synthesis Example 1 to Synthesis Example 3]

除了將所使用的四羧酸二酐及二胺的種類及量變更為如下述表1所述以外,以與所述實施例2-1相同的方式分別合成聚醯胺酸(聚合物(A-2)~聚合物(A-9)以及聚合物(B-1)~聚合物(B-3))。 Except that the types and amounts of the tetracarboxylic dianhydrides and diamines used were changed to those described in Table 1 below, polyamino acids (polymer (A -2) ~ polymer (A-9) and polymer (B-1) ~ polymer (B-3)).

表1中,四羧酸二酐及二胺的括弧內的數值表示相對於用於合成聚合物的四羧酸二酐的合計100莫耳份而言的使用比例[莫耳份]。表1中的略稱分別為以下含義。 In Table 1, the numerical values in parentheses of tetracarboxylic dianhydride and diamine represent the use ratio [mole part] with respect to the total of 100 mol parts of tetracarboxylic dianhydride used for polymer synthesis. The abbreviations in Table 1 have the following meanings.

<四羧酸二酐> <Tetracarboxylic dianhydride>

a-1:所述式(a-1)所表示的化合物 a-1: the compound represented by the formula (a-1)

a-2:所述式(a-2)所表示的化合物 a-2: the compound represented by the formula (a-2)

a-3:1,3-丙二醇雙(脫水偏苯三甲酸酯)(所述式(a-3)所表示的化合物) a-3: 1,3-propanediol bis (anhydrotrimellitate) (the compound represented by the formula (a-3))

a-4:1,2,3,4-環丁烷四羧酸二酐 a-4: 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylic dianhydride

a-5:4,4'-(六氟亞異丙基)二鄰苯二甲酸酐 a-5: 4,4 '-(hexafluoroisopropylidene) diphthalic anhydride

a-6:均苯四甲酸二酐 a-6: pyromellitic dianhydride

t-5:所述式(t-5)所表示的化合物 t-5: the compound represented by the formula (t-5)

<二胺> <Diamine>

b-1:所述式(b-1)所表示的化合物 b-1: a compound represented by the formula (b-1)

b-2:所述式(b-2)所表示的化合物 b-2: the compound represented by the formula (b-2)

b-3:所述式(b-3)所表示的化合物 b-3: a compound represented by the formula (b-3)

b-27:所述式(b-27)所表示的化合物 b-27: a compound represented by the formula (b-27)

c-1:下述式(c-1)所表示的化合物 c-1: Compound represented by the following formula (c-1)

c-2:下述式(c-2)所表示的化合物 c-2: Compound represented by the following formula (c-2)

c-3:對苯二胺 c-3: p-phenylenediamine

c-4:N,N-雙(4-胺基苯基)甲基胺 c-4: N, N-bis (4-aminophenyl) methylamine

c-5:4,4'-二胺基-2,2'-二甲基聯苯 c-5: 4,4'-diamino-2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl

Figure TWI676644B_D0051
Figure TWI676644B_D0051

[合成例4:聚合物(ES-1)的合成] [Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Polymer (ES-1)]

將100.0g的2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、500g的甲基異丁基酮以及10.0g的三乙基胺於室溫下混合。繼而,緩慢滴加100g的純水後,於80℃下攪拌6小時。然後,取出有機層,將其利用0.2重量%硝酸銨水溶液來洗滌至洗滌後的水成為中性為止,然後將其濃縮,以黏稠的透明液體的形式獲得具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(ES-1)。該具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(ES-1) 的Mw為2,200,環氧當量為186g/莫耳。 100.0 g of 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 500 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and 10.0 g of triethylamine were mixed at room temperature. Then, 100 g of pure water was slowly added dropwise, and then stirred at 80 ° C. for 6 hours. Then, the organic layer was taken out and washed with a 0.2% by weight ammonium nitrate aqueous solution until the washed water became neutral, and then it was concentrated to obtain a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group in the form of a thick transparent liquid. (ES-1). The epoxy-containing polyorganosiloxane (ES-1) The Mw was 2,200 and the epoxy equivalent was 186 g / mole.

[實施例2-10:聚合物(S-1)的合成] [Example 2-10: Synthesis of polymer (S-1)]

將9.3g的所述合成例4中獲得的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(ES-1)、26g的甲基異丁基酮、3g的所述實施例1-4中獲得的化合物(g-1)、以及0.10g的UCAT 18X(商品名,三亞普羅(San-Apro)(股)製造的四級胺鹽)進行混合,於80℃下攪拌12小時。然後,對將反應混合物投入至甲醇中而生成的沈澱物進行過濾,將其溶解於乙酸乙酯中而形成溶液,將該溶液以純水進行分液後,進行濃縮,藉此以白色粉末的形式獲得6.3g的作為化合物(X)的聚有機矽氧烷(聚合物(S-1))。聚合物(S-1)的重量平均分子量Mw為4,000。 9.3 g of the polyorganosiloxane (ES-1) having an epoxy group obtained in the Synthesis Example 4, 26 g of methyl isobutyl ketone, and 3 g of the compound obtained in the Examples 1-4 (g-1) and 0.10 g of UCAT 18X (trade name, quaternary amine salt manufactured by San-Apro Co., Ltd.) were mixed and stirred at 80 ° C. for 12 hours. Then, the precipitate produced by adding the reaction mixture to methanol was filtered, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to form a solution. The solution was separated with pure water and concentrated to obtain a white powder. 6.3 g of polyorganosiloxane (polymer (S-1)) was obtained as compound (X). The weight average molecular weight Mw of the polymer (S-1) was 4,000.

[實施例3-1] [Example 3-1]

1.液晶配向劑的製備 1. Preparation of liquid crystal alignment agent

於含有所述實施例2-1中獲得的聚合物(A-1)作為聚合物成分的溶液中,添加NMP以及丁基溶纖劑(BC),充分攪拌,形成溶媒組成為NMP:BC=70:30(重量比)、固體成分濃度為3.0重量%的溶液。使用孔徑為0.45μm的過濾器將該溶液進行過濾,藉此製備液晶配向劑。 In a solution containing the polymer (A-1) obtained in Example 2-1 as a polymer component, NMP and a butyl cellosolve (BC) were added, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred to form a solvent composition of NMP: BC = 70: 30 (weight ratio) and a solid content concentration of 3.0% by weight. This solution was filtered using a filter having a pore size of 0.45 μm, thereby preparing a liquid crystal alignment agent.

2.光FFS型液晶顯示元件的製造 2. Manufacturing of optical FFS liquid crystal display elements

製作圖1所示的FFS型液晶顯示元件10。首先,將於單面具有如下電極對的玻璃基板11a、與未設置有電極的對向玻璃基板11b作為一對,於玻璃基板11a的具有透明電極的面以及對向玻璃 基板11b的一面,使用旋轉器,分別塗佈所述1.中製備的液晶配向劑而形成塗膜,所述電極對依次形成有不具有圖案的底電極15、作為絕緣層14的氮化矽膜、以及經圖案化為梳齒狀的頂電極13。 An FFS-type liquid crystal display element 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced. First, a glass substrate 11a having the following electrode pairs on one side and a counter glass substrate 11b not provided with an electrode are used as a pair on the surface of the glass substrate 11a having a transparent electrode and the counter glass. On one side of the substrate 11b, a spinner was used to apply the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared in 1. to form a coating film. The electrode pair was sequentially formed with a bottom electrode 15 without a pattern and silicon nitride as an insulating layer 14. A film, and a top electrode 13 patterned into a comb-tooth shape.

將所使用的頂電極13的平面示意圖示於圖2(a)及圖2(b)中,其中,E表示電極,F表示畫素邊緣部分。此外,圖2(a)為頂電極13的俯視圖,圖2(b)為圖2(a)的由虛線包圍的部分C1的放大圖。本實施例中,將電極的線寬d1設為4μm,將電極間的距離d2設為6μm。另外,頂電極13是使用電極A、電極B、電極C及電極D的四系統的驅動電極(圖3)。此外,底電極15作為對四系統的驅動電極全部發揮作用的共用電極而工作,四系統的驅動電極的區域各自成為畫素區域。 A schematic plan view of the used top electrode 13 is shown in FIGS. 2 (a) and 2 (b), where E represents an electrode and F represents a pixel edge portion. 2 (a) is a plan view of the top electrode 13, and FIG. 2 (b) is an enlarged view of a portion C1 surrounded by a dotted line in FIG. 2 (a). In this embodiment, the line width d1 of the electrodes is set to 4 μm, and the distance d2 between the electrodes is set to 6 μm. In addition, the top electrode 13 is a driving electrode of four systems using an electrode A, an electrode B, an electrode C, and an electrode D (FIG. 3). In addition, the bottom electrode 15 functions as a common electrode that functions for all the drive electrodes of the four systems, and the areas of the drive electrodes of the four systems each become a pixel area.

利用旋轉器形成塗膜後,將塗膜於80℃的加熱板下進行1分鐘預烘烤。繼而,於塗膜的各表面,使用Hg-Xe燈及格蘭泰勒稜鏡(Glan-Taylor prism)來照射5,000J/m2的偏光紫外線,獲得具有液晶配向膜的一對基板。此時,偏光紫外線的照射方向設為自基板法線方向,以偏光紫外線的偏光面投影至基板上的線段的方向成為圖2(b)中的雙向箭頭的方向的方式設定偏光面方向後再進行光照射處理。光照射後,於對庫內進行了氮置換的烘箱中,於230℃下加熱(後烘烤)1小時,形成平均膜厚為0.1μm的塗膜。 After the coating film was formed using a spinner, the coating film was pre-baked for 1 minute under a hot plate at 80 ° C. Then, on each surface of the coating film, a Hg-Xe lamp and a Glan-Taylor prism were used to irradiate polarized ultraviolet rays of 5,000 J / m 2 to obtain a pair of substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. At this time, the irradiation direction of the polarized ultraviolet rays is set from the normal direction of the substrate, and the direction of the line segment projected on the substrate by the polarized surface of the polarized ultraviolet rays is set to the direction of the double-sided arrow in FIG. Light irradiation treatment is performed. After light irradiation, it was heated (post-baked) at 230 ° C. for 1 hour in an oven in which nitrogen was replaced in the warehouse to form a coating film having an average film thickness of 0.1 μm.

繼而,於所述基板中的其中一塊基板的具有液晶配向膜的面的外周,藉由網版印刷來塗佈加入有直徑為3.5μm的氧化鋁 球的環氧樹脂黏接劑後,使一對基板的液晶配向膜面對向,以將偏光紫外線的偏光面投影至基板的方向成為平行的方式重疊壓接,於150℃下花1小時使黏接劑進行熱硬化。繼而,自液晶注入口中向基板間隙中填充默克(Merck)公司製造的液晶「MLC-7028」後,以環氧樹脂黏接劑將液晶注入口密封。然後,為了消除液晶注入時的流動配向,將其加熱至150℃後緩緩冷卻至室溫。 Then, an alumina having a diameter of 3.5 μm was applied to the outer periphery of the surface of the substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film on one of the substrates by screen printing. After the epoxy resin adhesive of the ball, the liquid crystal alignment films of a pair of substrates are faced to each other, and the direction of projecting the polarized surface of the polarized ultraviolet rays to the substrate is parallel and superposed, and it is pressed for one hour at 150 ° C. The adhesive is thermally hardened. Then, the liquid crystal injection port was filled with a liquid crystal "MLC-7028" manufactured by Merck, and then the liquid crystal injection port was sealed with an epoxy resin adhesive. Then, in order to eliminate the flow alignment during the liquid crystal injection, it was heated to 150 ° C. and then slowly cooled to room temperature.

繼而,藉由在基板的外側兩面貼合偏光板而製造FFS型液晶顯示元件。此時,偏光板中的其中一塊是以其偏光方向成為與液晶配向膜的偏光紫外線的偏光面在基板面的射影方向平行的方式來貼附,另一塊是以其偏光方向與剛才的偏光板的偏光方向正交的方式來貼附。 Next, FPS liquid crystal display elements were manufactured by laminating polarizing plates on both surfaces of the substrate. At this time, one of the polarizing plates is attached so that the polarizing direction becomes parallel to the projection direction of the polarizing surface of the polarized ultraviolet rays of the liquid crystal alignment film on the substrate surface, and the other is such that the polarizing direction is parallel to the polarizing plate just now. The polarizing directions are attached in an orthogonal manner.

另外,將後烘烤前的紫外線照射量在100J/m2~10,000J/m2的範圍內分別變更來實施所述一系列操作,藉此製造紫外線照射量不同的三個以上的液晶顯示元件。 In addition, the above-mentioned series of operations are performed by changing the ultraviolet irradiation amount before the post-baking in the range of 100 J / m 2 to 10,000 J / m 2 to manufacture three or more liquid crystal display elements having different ultraviolet irradiation amounts. .

3.液晶顯示元件的評價 3. Evaluation of liquid crystal display elements

使用所述2.中製造的液晶顯示元件來進行以下的(1)的評價。另外,除了不貼合偏光板的方面以外,進行與所述2.相同的操作,藉此製造液晶顯示元件(未貼合偏光板的液晶單元),進行以下的(2)的評價。此外,關於評價結果,自紫外線照射量不同的三個以上的液晶顯示元件中選出最優的結果,提供給液晶顯示元件的評價。 The following evaluation (1) was performed using the liquid crystal display element manufactured in said 2 .. A liquid crystal display element (a liquid crystal cell without a polarizing plate bonded) was manufactured by performing the same operation as in 2. except that the polarizing plate was not bonded, and the following (2) was evaluated. In addition, as for the evaluation result, an optimal result was selected from three or more liquid crystal display elements having different amounts of ultraviolet irradiation, and the results were provided for evaluation of the liquid crystal display element.

(1)AC殘像特性的評價 (1) Evaluation of AC afterimage characteristics

將所述2.中製造的FFS型液晶顯示元件放置於25℃、1氣壓的環境下。將底電極設為四系統的驅動電極全部的共用電極,將底電極的電位設定為0V電位(接地電位)。將電極B及電極D短路為共用電極而成為0V施加狀態,並且對電極A及電極C施加包含5V交流電壓的合成電壓100小時。經過100小時後,立即對電極A~電極D全部施加交流1.5V的電壓。接著,測定自對電極A~電極D全部開始施加交流1.5V的電壓的時刻起,直至以目視無法再確認到驅動應力施加區域(電極A及電極C的畫素區域)與驅動應力未施加區域(電極B及電極D的畫素區域)的亮度差為止的時間,將其作為殘像消去時間Ts。此外,該時間越短,越難以產生殘像。將殘像消去時間Ts小於30秒的情況評價為「良好(○)」,將30秒以上且小於120秒的情況評價為「可(△)」,將120秒以上的情況評價為「不良(×)」,結果,本實施例的液晶顯示元件評價為殘像特性「良好」。 The FFS-type liquid crystal display element manufactured in 2. described above was placed in an environment of 25 ° C and 1 atmosphere. The bottom electrode is a common electrode for all the driving electrodes of the four systems, and the potential of the bottom electrode is set to a potential of 0 V (ground potential). The electrodes B and D were short-circuited to a common electrode to be in a 0V application state, and a combined voltage including an AC voltage of 5V was applied to the electrodes A and C for 100 hours. Immediately after 100 hours, a voltage of 1.5 V AC was applied to all of the electrodes A to D. Next, from the moment when the voltage of AC 1.5V was applied to all of the electrodes A to D, the driving stress application area (pixel area of electrode A and electrode C) and the driving stress unapplied area could no longer be confirmed visually. (The pixel area of the electrode B and the electrode D). In addition, the shorter this time, the more difficult it is to generate an afterimage. A case where the afterimage erasing time Ts is less than 30 seconds is evaluated as "good (○)", a case where 30 seconds or more is less than 120 seconds is evaluated as "OK (△)", and a case where 120 seconds or more is evaluated as "bad (○) ×) ", as a result, the liquid crystal display element of this example was evaluated as having" good "afterimage characteristics.

(2)驅動應力後的對比度的評價 (2) Evaluation of contrast after driving stress

將所述2.中製造的液晶顯示元件以交流電壓10V驅動30小時後,使用於光源與光量檢測器之間配置有偏光器及檢偏器的裝置,測定下述數學式(1)所表示的最小相對透過率(%)。 After the liquid crystal display element manufactured in 2. was driven at an AC voltage of 10V for 30 hours, a device in which a polarizer and an analyzer were arranged between a light source and a light amount detector was used to measure the expression represented by the following formula (1) Minimum relative transmittance (%).

最小相對透過率(%)=(β-B0)/(B100-B0)×100...(1) Minimum relative transmittance (%) = (β-B 0 ) / (B 100 -B 0 ) × 100 ... (1)

(數學式(1)中,B0是空白樣品中於正交尼科耳下的光的 透過量;B100是空白樣品中於平行尼科耳下的光的透過量;β是於正交尼科耳下在偏光器與檢偏器之間夾持液晶顯示元件,成為最小的透過量) (In Mathematical Formula (1), B 0 is the amount of light transmitted under the cross Nicol in the blank sample; B 100 is the amount of light transmitted under the parallel Nicol in the blank sample; β is orthogonal (Nicole clamps the liquid crystal display element between the polarizer and the analyzer to minimize the transmission)

暗狀態的黑階是由液晶顯示元件的最小相對透過率來表示,暗狀態下的黑階越小,對比度越優異;將最小相對透過率小於0.5%者作為「良好(○)」,將0.5%以上且小於1.0%者作為「可(△)」,將1.0%以上者作為「不良(×)」。其結果為,該液晶顯示元件的對比度評價判斷為「良好」。 The black level in the dark state is represented by the minimum relative transmittance of the liquid crystal display element. The smaller the black level in the dark state, the better the contrast; those with a minimum relative transmittance of less than 0.5% are regarded as "good (○)" and 0.5 % Or more and less than 1.0% are regarded as "possible (△)", and those with 1.0% or more are regarded as "bad (×)". As a result, the contrast evaluation of this liquid crystal display element was judged as "good."

[實施例3-2~實施例3-10以及比較例1] [Examples 3-2 to 3-10 and Comparative Example 1]

除了將所使用的聚合物的種類變更為如下述表2所示以外,以與所述實施例3-1相同的溶劑比以及固體成分濃度來分別製備液晶配向劑。另外,使用各液晶配向劑,以與實施例3-1相同的方式製造液晶顯示元件,並且使用所獲得的液晶顯示元件來進行各種評價。將其結果示於下述表2中。 A liquid crystal alignment agent was prepared at the same solvent ratio and solid content concentration as those of Example 3-1 except that the type of the polymer used was changed to that shown in Table 2 below. In addition, using each liquid crystal alignment agent, a liquid crystal display element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example 3-1, and various evaluations were performed using the obtained liquid crystal display element. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

使用包含化合物(X)的液晶配向劑來製造的液晶顯示元件中,AC殘像特性以及對比度特性的評價於任一實施例中均為「良好」或者「可」。(實施例3-1~實施例3-10)。特別是於在聚合物的主鏈中具有所述式(1)所表示的部分結構的實施例3-1~實施例3-7以及實施例3-9~實施例3-10中,與在聚矽氧烷骨架的側鏈具有該部分結構的實施例3-8相比獲得良好的結果。另外可知,藉由使用具有如聯苯結構之類的多環結構的二胺,AC殘像特性的改善效果提高。 In a liquid crystal display element manufactured using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the compound (X), the evaluation of the AC afterimage characteristics and the contrast characteristics were "good" or "may" in any of the examples. (Examples 3-1 to 3-10). In particular, in Examples 3-1 to 3-7 and 3-9 to 3-10, which have a partial structure represented by the formula (1) in the main chain of the polymer, and Good results were obtained in Examples 3-8 in which the side chain of the polysiloxane skeleton had this partial structure. In addition, it was found that by using a diamine having a polycyclic structure such as a biphenyl structure, the effect of improving the afterimage characteristics of AC is improved.

與此相對,不包含化合物(X)的比較例的液晶配向劑中,AC殘像特性以及對比度特性較實施例的液晶配向劑更差。 On the other hand, in the liquid crystal alignment agent of the comparative example which does not contain the compound (X), AC afterimage characteristics and contrast characteristics are worse than the liquid crystal alignment agent of an Example.

Claims (14)

一種液晶配向劑,其含有具有下述式(1)所表示的部分結構的化合物(X),且包含選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯及聚有機矽氧烷所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物(A)作為所述化合物(X),(式(1)中,R1為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R2為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基;X1為氧原子;R3亦可鍵結於其他基團而構成環的至少一部分;n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*」表示結合鍵)。A liquid crystal alignment agent containing a compound (X) having a partial structure represented by the following formula (1), and containing a compound selected from the group consisting of polyamic acid, polyimide, polyamidate, and polyorganosiloxane As the compound (X), at least one polymer (A) in the formed group, (In the formula (1), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 is a substituent; wherein R 1 And at least one of R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; X 1 is an oxygen atom; R 3 may also be bonded to other groups to form at least a part of a ring; n is an integer of 0 to 4 ; In the case where n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 3 may be the same or different; "*" represents a bonding bond). 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述聚合物(A)為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物,且具有源自如下特定二胺的部分結構,所述特定二胺為選自由下述式(2-1)所表示的化合物及下述式(2-2)所表示的化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種,H2N-R5-A1-R6-A2-R7-NH2 (2-1)(式(2-1)中,A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為二價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為單鍵或二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R7為二價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R7為單鍵或二價有機基;R6為二價有機基;其中,下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R6)R8-A1-R9-A2-R10 (2-2)(式(2-2)中,A1及A2與所述式(2-1)為相同含義;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為一價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為氫原子或一價有機基;其中,於R8為氫原子的情況下,A1具有二胺基苯基,於R8為一價有機基的情況下,R8具有二胺基苯基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R10為一價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R10為氫原子或一價有機基;R9為二價有機基;下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R9)(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,R1、R2、R3、X1及n與所述式(1)為相同含義;「*1」表示結合鍵)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymer (A) is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamidic acid, polyamidate, and polyimide And a partial structure derived from a specific diamine selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (2-1) and a compound represented by the following formula (2-2) At least one of the groups: H 2 NR 5 -A 1 -R 6 -A 2 -R 7 -NH 2 (2-1) (In formula (2-1), A 1 is the following formula (1-1 ) Or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), and A 2 is a single bond, a group represented by the following formula (1-1), or a group represented by the following formula (1-2) When A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 5 is a divalent organic group, and A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2) In the case of a group, R 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 7 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is When the group or single bond represented by formula (1-2) is described, R 7 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; R 6 is a divalent organic group; wherein, the following formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) The "* 1" bonded to R 6) in R 8 -A 1 -R 9 -A 2 -R 10 (2-2) ( the formula (2-2), A 1 and A 2 in the formula (2 -1) have the same meaning; when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 8 is a monovalent organic group, and A 1 is represented by the following formula (1-2) When R 8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, in the case where R 8 is a hydrogen atom, A 1 has a diaminophenyl group, and when R 8 is a monovalent organic group R 8 has a diaminophenyl group; when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 10 is a monovalent organic group, and A 2 is the following formula (1-2 In the case of a group or a single bond represented by), R 10 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 9 is a divalent organic group; * 1 '' is bonded to R 9 ) (In the formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X 1 and n have the same meaning as the formula (1); “* 1” represents a bonding bond). 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述特定二胺於分子內具有下述式(4)所表示的部分結構,(式(4)中,Ar1及Ar2分別獨立地為經取代或未經取代的伸苯基、或者經取代或未經取代的伸環己基,X2為單鍵、-COO-或-CONR20-(R20為氫原子或一價有機基);其中,Ar1亦可構成所述式(1)中的苯環;t為1或2;t=2時,Ar2、X2分別獨立地具有所述定義;「*」表示結合鍵)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 2 of the scope of patent application, wherein the specific diamine has a partial structure represented by the following formula (4) in the molecule, (In formula (4), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl, and X 2 is a single bond, -COO-, or- CONR 20- (R 20 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group); wherein, Ar 1 may also constitute a benzene ring in the formula (1); t is 1 or 2; when t = 2, Ar 2 and X 2 Have the definitions independently; "*" indicates a bond). 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述聚合物(A)為選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯胺酸酯及聚醯亞胺所組成的組群中的至少一種聚合物,且具有源自如下特定酸二酐的部分結構,所述特定酸二酐為選自由下述式(5-2)所表示的化合物所組成的組群中的至少一種,(式(5-2)中,R18為二價有機基,R19為芳香族環基、脂環式基或雜環基;R1、R2及X1與所述式(1)為相同含義)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the polymer (A) is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamidic acid, polyamidate, and polyimide And has a partial structure derived from a specific acid dianhydride that is at least one selected from the group consisting of a compound represented by the following formula (5-2), (In formula (5-2), R 18 is a divalent organic group, R 19 is an aromatic ring group, an alicyclic group, or a heterocyclic group; R 1 , R 2, and X 1 and the formula (1) are Same meaning). 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述聚合物(A)含有藉由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與羧酸的反應而形成的部分結構,且所述羧酸包含下述式(3)所表示的化合物,(式(3)中,A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為一價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為氫原子或一價有機基;R12為二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為二價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為單鍵或二價有機基;s及r分別獨立地為0或1;其中,式(3)中具有一個羧基;下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R12)(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,R1、R2、R3、X1及n與所述式(1)為相同含義;「*1」表示結合鍵)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the polymer (A) contains a partial structure formed by a reaction of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a carboxylic acid, and The acid includes a compound represented by the following formula (3), (In formula (3), A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), A 2 is a single bond, and the following formula (1- A group represented by 1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2); when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 11 is a monovalent organic group In the case where A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 12 is a divalent organic group; and A 2 is the following formula (1 In the case of a group represented by -1), R 13 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 13 is a single bond or a divalent organic group S and r are each independently 0 or 1; wherein, there is one carboxyl group in formula (3); "* 1" in the following formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) is bonded to R 12 ) (In the formula (1-1) and formula (1-2), R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X 1 and n have the same meaning as the formula (1); “* 1” represents a bonding bond). 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述式(3)所表示的化合物於分子內具有下述式(4)所表示的部分結構,(式(4)中,Ar1及Ar2分別獨立地為經取代或未經取代的伸苯基、或者經取代或未經取代的伸環己基,X2為單鍵、-COO-或-CONR20-(R20為氫原子或一價有機基);其中,Ar1亦可構成所述式(1)中的苯環;t為1或2;t=2時,Ar2、X2分別獨立地具有所述定義;「*」表示結合鍵)。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to item 5 of the scope of patent application, wherein the compound represented by the formula (3) has a partial structure represented by the following formula (4) in a molecule, (In formula (4), Ar 1 and Ar 2 are each independently substituted or unsubstituted phenylene or substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl, and X 2 is a single bond, -COO-, or- CONR 20- (R 20 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group); wherein, Ar 1 may also constitute a benzene ring in the formula (1); t is 1 or 2; when t = 2, Ar 2 and X 2 Have the definitions independently; "*" indicates a bond). 如申請專利範圍第1項至第6項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑,其中所述R2為碳數1~10的烷基。The liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R 2 is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. 一種液晶配向膜的製造方法,其包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑塗佈於基板上而形成塗膜的步驟;以及對所述塗膜進行光照射的步驟。A method for manufacturing a liquid crystal alignment film, comprising: applying a liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 7 on a substrate to form a coating film; and applying the coating film; The film is subjected to a step of light irradiation. 一種液晶配向膜,其是使用如申請專利範圍第1項至第7項中任一項所述的液晶配向劑而形成。A liquid crystal alignment film is formed by using the liquid crystal alignment agent according to any one of claims 1 to 7 of the scope of patent application. 一種液晶顯示元件,其包括如申請專利範圍第9項所述的液晶配向膜。A liquid crystal display element includes the liquid crystal alignment film according to item 9 of the scope of patent application. 一種聚合物,其是選自由聚醯胺酸、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸酯及聚有機矽氧烷所組成的組群中的聚合物,且具有下述式(1)所表示的部分結構,(式(1)中,R1為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R2為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R3為一價有機基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基;X1為氧原子;R3亦可鍵結於其他基團而構成環的至少一部分;n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*」表示結合鍵)。A polymer selected from the group consisting of polyamidic acid, polyamidoimide, polyamidate, and polyorganosiloxane, and having a formula (1) Partial structure, (In formula (1), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 is a monovalent organic group; wherein, At least one of R 1 and R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; X 1 is an oxygen atom; R 3 may also be bonded to other groups to form at least a part of a ring; n is 0 to 4 Integer; when n is 2 or more, multiple R 3 may be the same or different; "*" represents a bonding bond). 一種二胺化合物,其是由下述式(2-1)或式(2-2)所表示,H2N-R5-A1-R6-A2-R7-NH2 (2-1)(式(2-1)中,A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為二價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R5為單鍵或二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R7為二價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R7為單鍵或二價有機基;R6為二價有機基;其中,下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R6)R8-A1-R9-A2-R10 (2-2)(式(2-2)中,A1及A2與所述式(2-1)為相同含義;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為一價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R8為氫原子或一價有機基;其中,於R8為氫原子的情況下,A1具有二胺基苯基,於R8為一價有機基的情況下,R8具有二胺基苯基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R10為一價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團或單鍵的情況下,R10為氫原子或一價有機基;R9為二價有機基;下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R9)(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,R1為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R2為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基;X1為氧原子;n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*1」表示結合鍵)。A diamine compound represented by the following formula (2-1) or formula (2-2): H 2 NR 5 -A 1 -R 6 -A 2 -R 7 -NH 2 (2-1) (In formula (2-1), A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), A 2 is a single bond, and the following formula ( A group represented by 1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2); when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 5 is divalent An organic group, when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 5 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; and A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) In the case of a group, R 7 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group or a single bond represented by the following formula (1-2), R 7 is a single bond or a divalent organic group; R 6 is a divalent organic group; wherein "* 1" in the following formulae (1-1) and (1-2) is bonded to R 6 ) R 8 -A 1 -R 9 -A 2 -R 10 (2-2) (In the formula (2-2), A 1 and A 2 have the same meaning as the formula (2-1); and A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) case, R 8 is a monovalent organic group, a 1 is in the (1-2) in the case of a group represented by, R 8 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group of the following formula; wherein R 8 is in Case atom, A 1 has diaminophenyl, R 8 is in the case of a monovalent organic group, R 8 having diaminophenyl; to A 2 is represented by the following formula (1-1) In the case of a group, R 10 is a monovalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group or a single bond represented by the following formula (1-2), R 10 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 9 is a divalent organic group; "* 1" in the following formulae (1-1) and (1-2) is bonded to R 9 ) (In formulas (1-1) and (1-2), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R is 3 is a substituent; wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; X 1 is an oxygen atom; n is an integer of 0 to 4; and when n is 2 or more In the following, multiple R 3 may be the same or different; "* 1" represents a bonding bond). 一種酸二酐,其是由下述式(5-2)所表示,(式(5-2)中,R18為二價有機基,R19為芳香族環基、脂環式基或雜環基;R1為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R2為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,其中,R1及R2的至少一者為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基;X1為氧原子)。An acid dianhydride represented by the following formula (5-2), (In formula (5-2), R 18 is a divalent organic group, R 19 is an aromatic ring group, an alicyclic group, or a heterocyclic group; R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkane having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. And R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; X 1 is an oxygen atom). 一種羧酸,其是由下述式(3)所表示,(式(3)中,A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團,A2為單鍵、下述式(1-1)所表示的基團或下述式(1-2)所表示的基團;於A1為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為一價有機基,於A1為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R11為氫原子或一價有機基;R12為二價有機基;於A2為下述式(1-1)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為二價有機基,於A2為下述式(1-2)所表示的基團的情況下,R13為單鍵或二價有機基;s及r分別獨立地為0或1;其中,式(3)中具有一個羧基;下述式(1-1)及式(1-2)中的「*1」鍵結於R12)(式(1-1)及式(1-2)中,R1為氫原子、氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R2為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基,R3為取代基;其中,R1及R2的至少一者為氟原子或碳數1~10的烷基;X1為氧原子;n為0~4的整數;於n為2以上的情況下,多個R3可相同,亦可不同;「*1」表示結合鍵)。A carboxylic acid represented by the following formula (3), (In formula (3), A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2), A 2 is a single bond, and the following formula (1- A group represented by 1) or a group represented by the following formula (1-2); when A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-1), R 11 is a monovalent organic group In the case where A 1 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 11 is a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group; R 12 is a divalent organic group; and A 2 is the following formula (1 In the case of a group represented by -1), R 13 is a divalent organic group, and when A 2 is a group represented by the following formula (1-2), R 13 is a single bond or a divalent organic group S and r are each independently 0 or 1; wherein, there is one carboxyl group in formula (3); "* 1" in the following formula (1-1) and formula (1-2) is bonded to R 12 ) (In formulas (1-1) and (1-2), R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and R is 3 is a substituent; wherein at least one of R 1 and R 2 is a fluorine atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; X 1 is an oxygen atom; n is an integer of 0 to 4; and when n is 2 or more In the following, multiple R 3 may be the same or different; "* 1" represents a bonding bond).
TW104130218A 2014-11-19 2015-09-14 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound, acid dianhydride, and carboxylic acid TWI676644B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014234721 2014-11-19
JP2014-234721 2014-11-19
JP2014242066 2014-11-28
JP2014-242066 2014-11-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201619240A TW201619240A (en) 2016-06-01
TWI676644B true TWI676644B (en) 2019-11-11

Family

ID=56013596

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108107611A TWI691526B (en) 2014-11-19 2015-09-14 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound and carboxylic acid
TW104130218A TWI676644B (en) 2014-11-19 2015-09-14 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound, acid dianhydride, and carboxylic acid

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW108107611A TWI691526B (en) 2014-11-19 2015-09-14 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for manufacturing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound and carboxylic acid

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (2) JP6579114B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102282111B1 (en)
CN (2) CN112210390B (en)
TW (2) TWI691526B (en)
WO (1) WO2016080033A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112210390B (en) * 2014-11-19 2023-08-08 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, and compound
JP2019197078A (en) * 2016-09-20 2019-11-14 日産化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment layer and liquid crystal display element
WO2019017181A1 (en) * 2017-07-19 2019-01-24 Jsr株式会社 Layered product, liquid crystal aligning agent, and liquid crystal display element
KR102337423B1 (en) * 2018-01-25 2021-12-08 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 A liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film, a liquid crystal element, and the manufacturing method of a liquid crystal element
KR102349617B1 (en) * 2018-01-25 2022-01-10 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 A liquid crystal aligning agent, a liquid crystal aligning film, a liquid crystal element, and the manufacturing method of a liquid crystal element
CN113423763B (en) * 2019-02-13 2023-10-03 日产化学株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element using same
WO2021167074A1 (en) * 2020-02-21 2021-08-26 東ソー株式会社 Compound containing photoreactive group, polymer and retardation film

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002069180A (en) * 2000-08-30 2002-03-08 Chisso Corp Polyamic acid, polyimide, liquid-crystal orented membrane using the polyimide and liquid crystalline display element
TW201331263A (en) * 2011-10-03 2013-08-01 Rolic Ag Photoaligning materials

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8123977B2 (en) * 2005-11-07 2012-02-28 Lg Chem, Ltd. Copolymer for liquid crystal alignment, liquid crystal aligning layer including copolymer for liquid crystal alignment, and liquid crystal display including liquid crystal aligning layer
JP5130907B2 (en) * 2007-08-08 2013-01-30 Jnc株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JPWO2013161984A1 (en) 2012-04-26 2015-12-24 日産化学工業株式会社 Diamine, polymer, liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6120072B2 (en) * 2012-10-17 2017-04-26 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal alignment agent
JP6349726B2 (en) * 2013-04-26 2018-07-04 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film, liquid crystal display element, retardation film, method for producing retardation film, polymer and compound
CN112210390B (en) * 2014-11-19 2023-08-08 Jsr株式会社 Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, and compound

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002069180A (en) * 2000-08-30 2002-03-08 Chisso Corp Polyamic acid, polyimide, liquid-crystal orented membrane using the polyimide and liquid crystalline display element
TW201331263A (en) * 2011-10-03 2013-08-01 Rolic Ag Photoaligning materials

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Dong Kyo Seo el al.,"Novel Photocrosslinking Polymers for Liquid Crystal Alignment", Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst., Vol. 463, pp. 193=[475]-199=[481], 2007. *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6579114B2 (en) 2019-09-25
TW201619240A (en) 2016-06-01
CN112210390A (en) 2021-01-12
TW201920375A (en) 2019-06-01
TWI691526B (en) 2020-04-21
KR102282111B1 (en) 2021-07-26
CN107111191B (en) 2020-11-06
KR20170086502A (en) 2017-07-26
JP6729740B2 (en) 2020-07-22
CN107111191A (en) 2017-08-29
CN112210390B (en) 2023-08-08
JP2019117399A (en) 2019-07-18
WO2016080033A1 (en) 2016-05-26
JPWO2016080033A1 (en) 2017-08-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI676644B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer, diamine compound, acid dianhydride, and carboxylic acid
TWI709611B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, phase difference film and method for manufacturing the same, polymer and compound
TWI677516B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP6911885B2 (en) Manufacturing method of liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method of liquid crystal element
KR102466665B1 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and manufacturing method therefor, liquid crystal device, polymer, diamine, and acid dianhydride
JP6701635B2 (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal aligning film and liquid crystal display device
JP6558068B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
CN105567259B (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polymer
TWI591125B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, polymer, and compound
TW201416777A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film for PSA-mode liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same
KR20150129607A (en) Polymer composition, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, manufacturing method for the liquid crystal display device, and polymer
TWI649605B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2016118753A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device
JP6424609B2 (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method of manufacturing liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element
TWI632197B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for producing liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and method for producing liquid crystal display element
JP2017040721A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, production method of liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound
TW201839053A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element
JP2018081225A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for manufacturing liquid crystal device, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal device, and polymer
TWI647234B (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, method for producing liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound
TW201934663A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal element
JP2023109149A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, polymer, and compound
JP2024061619A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal element, polymer and diamine
JP2023131106A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal element
TW201938772A (en) Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal element
TW201835161A (en) Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element